Gigatronics GT9000 Operator Manual

Manual Number: 120AM00250 

Revision: 

C 

Configuration Code: 14 

Print Date: September 1998 

Operation & Maintenance Manual 

Model GT 9000 

Microwave Synthesizer 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Certified Product 

ISO 9001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Certified Process 

Registra: BSI, Certification No. FM 34226, Registered 04 June 1996 

Giga-tronics Incorporated ❖ 4650 Norris Canyon Road ❖ San Ramon, California 94583 

Telephone (925) 328-4650, or (800) 726-4442 ❖ Telefax (925) 328-4700 

Customer Service: Telephone (800) 444-2878 ❖ Telefax (925) 328-4702 

Web Site: www.gigatronics.com

All technical data and specifications in this manual are subject to change without prior notice and 

do not represent a commitment on the part of Giga-tronics Incorporated. 

© Copyright Giga-tronics Incorporated 1998. All rights reserved. 

Printed in U.S.A. 

WARRANTY 

Giga-tronics products are warranted against defective materials and 

workmanship for one year from date of shipment. Giga-tronics will at its 

option repair or replace products that are proven defective during the 

warranty period. This warranty DOES NOT cover damage resulting from 

improper use, nor workmanship other than Giga-tronics service. There is 

no implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, nor is 

Giga-tronics liable for any consequential damages. Specification and 

price change privileges are reserved by Giga-tronics. 

Giga-tronics Service Contacts 

Territory Primary Contact Secondary Contact 

Customer Service: USA & Canada (800) 444-2878 

(925) 328-4646 

Pacific Rim & Far East (800) 444-2878 

(925) 328-4646 

Europe & South Africa (800) 444-2878 

(925) 328-4646 

(800) 726-4442 

(925) 328-4660 

(800) 726-4442 

(925) 328-4670 

(800) 726-4442 

(925) 328-4664 

Applications and Technical 

Support: 

All Territories (800) 726-4142 

(925) 328-4665 

(800) 726-4442 

(925) 328-4669

Table of Contents 

About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Record of Manual Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Special Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

xi 

xiii 

xv 

xvii 

1 • Introduction _______________________________________________________ 

1.1 General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 

1.1.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 

1.1.2 Items Furnished . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 

1.1.3 Items Required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 

1.1.4 Tools and Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 

1.1.5 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 

1.1.6 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 

1.1.7 Installation and Preparation for Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 

1.1.8 Receiving Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 

1.1.9 Preparation for Reshipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 

1.2 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 

1.2.1 Voltage and Fuse Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 

1.3 Performance Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 

1.3.1 CW Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 

1.3.2 Spectral Purity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 

1.3.3 RF Output Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 

1.3.4 PM Envelope Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 

1.3.5 Internally Generated PM Repetition Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 

1.3.6 Internally Generated PM Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 

1.3.7 Internally Generated PM Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 

1.3.8 Externally Triggered PM Envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 

1.3.9 Externally Generated PM Envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 

1.3.10 FM Envelope Parameters (Wide or Narrow Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 

1.3.11 FM Envelope Parameters (Wide Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 

1.3.12 FM Envelope Parameters (Narrow Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 

1.3.13 FM Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 

1.3.14 Internally Generated FM Envelope (Option 24 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 

1.3.15 Externally Supplied FM Envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 

1.3.16 Amplitude Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 

1.3.17 AM Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 

1.3.18 Internally Generated AM Envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 

1.3.19 Externally Supplied AM Envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 

1.3.20 External Automatic Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 

1.3.21 Front Panel Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 

1.3.22 Rear Panel Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 

1.3.23 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 

2 • Operation _________________________________________________________ 

2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 

2.2 The Front Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 

Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998 

i

Series GT 9000 Microwave Synthesizers 

2.2.1 Entry Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 

2.2.2 Data Entry Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 

2.2.3 Shifted Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 

2.2.4 Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 

2.2.5 RF Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 

2.2.6 Pulse Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 

2.2.7 Frequency Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 

2.2.8 Amplitude Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 

2.3 The Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 

2.3.1 BNCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 

2.3.2 Line Power and Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 

2.3.3 IEEE-488 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 

2.4 GT 9000 Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 

2.4.1 GT 9000 Syntax Virtual Keystrokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 

2.5 1026 Syntax Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 

2.5.1 Character Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 

2.5.2 Command Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 

2.5.3 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 

3 • Theory of Operation ________________________________________________ 

3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 

3.2 General Circuit Theory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 

3.2.1 The Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 

3.2.2 The RF Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 

3.2.3 Phase Lock Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 

3.2.4 Dual-Loop Indirect Synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 

3.2.5 The Output Loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 

3.2.6 The Reference Loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 

3.2.7 The Downconverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 

3.2.8 Level Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 

3.2.9 Frequency Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 

3.2.10 Amplitude Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 

3.2.11 Pulse Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 

3.3 Assembly Circuit Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 

3.3.1 Front Panel Interface — PC Assembly A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 

3.3.2 IEEE / TIMER — PC Assembly A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 

3.3.3 Memory — PC Assembly A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 

3.3.4 CPU — PC Assembly A4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 

3.3.5 Pulse Driver — PC Assembly A5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 

3.3.6 Pulse Generator — PC Assembly A5A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 

3.3.7 AM/FM Driver — PC Assembly A6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 

3.3.8 Function Generator — PC Assembly A6A1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 

3.3.9 Scan Modulation — PC Assembly A7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 

3.3.10 Level — PC Assembly A10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 

3.3.11 Level Driver — PC Assembly A10A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 

3.3.12 Power Supply — PC Assembly A11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 

3.3.13 100 MHz Reference PLL — PC Assembly A14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 

3.3.14 1 Hz PLL — PC Assembly A15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 

3.3.15 Reference / Downconverter PLL — PC Assembly A16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 

3.3.16 Divide-By-N — PC Assembly A17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 

3.3.17 Output PLL — PC Assembly A18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 

3.3.18 YIG Driver — PC Assembly A19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 

3.3.19 Display Driver — PC Assembly A20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 

ii Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998

Preface 

3.3.20 Pushbutton — PC Assembly A105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 

3.3.21 Data Entry — PC Assembly A106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 

3.3.22 Main Tune — PC Assembly A107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 

3.3.23 Detector Buffer — PC Assembly A200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 

3.3.24 100 MHz Oscillator/Sampler Driver — PC Assembly A201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 

4 • Calibration and Testing _____________________________________________ 

4.1 Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 

4.1.1 Recommended Equipment: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 

4.1.2 Power Supply Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 

4.1.3 100 MHz Phase Lock Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 

4.1.4 Sampler Drivers, 100 MHz VCO (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 

4.1.5 YIG Driver Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 

4.1.6 Level Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 

4.1.7 AM/FM Generator Verification (Option 24 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 

4.1.8 Pulse Generator Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 

4.1.9 AM Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 

4.1.10 FM Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 

4.1.11 Spectral Purity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 

4.1.12 10 MHz Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 

4.2 Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 

4.2.1 Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 

4.2.2 Test Data Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 

4.2.3 Calibration Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 

4.2.4 Warm-up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 

4.2.5 Frequency Range, Resolution and Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 

4.2.6 Spurious Signals Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 

4.2.7 Single Sideband Phase Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 

4.2.8 RF Output Power Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 

4.2.9 Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 

4.2.10 Pulse Modulation Rise and Fall Time Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 

4.2.11 Pulse Modulation Overshoot and Settling Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 

4.2.12 Pulse Modulation Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 

4.2.13 Internal Pulse Generator Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 

4.2.14 Frequency Modulation Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 

4.2.15 Internal Modulation Generator Tests (Option 24 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 

5 • Maintenance ______________________________________________________ 

5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 

5.2 Malfunctions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 

5.2.1 General Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 

5.2.2 Loss of RF Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 

5.2.3 Incorrect Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 

5.2.4 Output Frequency Unlocked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 

5.2.5 Output Locked, but Frequency Incorrect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 

5.2.6 IEEE-488 Interface Malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 

5.3 Troubleshooting Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 

5.3.1 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 

5.3.2 The Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 

5.3.3 10 dB Step Attenuator (Option 26) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 

5.3.4 YIG Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 

5.3.5 Microwave Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 

5.3.6 Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 


iii


5.3.7 Level Control Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 

5.3.8 Output Phase Lock Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 

5.3.9 Divide-By-N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 

5.3.10 YIG Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 

5.3.11 100 MHz Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 

5.3.12 100 MHz PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 

5.3.13 10 MHz Master Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 

5.3.14 1 Hz PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 

5.3.15 IEEE-488 Interface/Timer Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 

5.3.16 Downconverter PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 

5.3.17 Reference Mixer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 

5.3.18 Reference PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 

6 • Parts Lists ________________________________________________________ 

6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 

GT9000/.01-20 MICROWAVE SIGNAL GENERATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 

GT9000/.5-20 MICROWAVE SIGNAL GENERATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 

GT9000/2-20 MICROWAVE SIGNAL GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 

GT9000/.01-26 MICROWAVE SIGNAL GENERATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 

GT9000/.5-26 MICROWAVE SIGNAL GENERATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 

GT9000/2-26 MICROWAVE SIGNAL GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 

120DA00952 GT9000 CHASSIS W/ SW PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 

120DA11052 GT9000 R/P ASY FOR SW PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 

1204206652 GT9000 FRONT PANEL ASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 

120CA16450 GT9000/S FRONT PANEL OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 

120DA00750 GT9000 PCB ASSY SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 

420BA48600 LEVEL ASY;GT9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 

120DA00501 .01-26 GHZ FREQ ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 

120DA00500 .01-20 GHZ FREQ. ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 

120DA00510 .5-20 GHZ FREQ. ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 

120DA00511 .5-26 GHZ FREQ ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 

120DA00520 2-20 GHZ FREQ ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 

120DA00521 2-26 GHZ FREQ ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 

420DA46900 GT9000 STD MICROWAVE DEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 

420CA46800 100 MHZ MT ASY;2SAMP;GT9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 

004BA00001 SAMPLER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 

004BA00101 SAMPLER ASSY REVERSE MTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 

30413 .01-26.5 GHz SUBASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 

004BA34700 GT9000/S .01-2 DOWNC ASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 

004BA34600 GT9000/S .01-2 FILTER AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 

004BA34800 GT9000/S .5-2 FILTER ASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 

120DA11250 GT9000 BENCH MT DRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 

120DA04550 BOTTOM COVER ASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 

120AA14300 ACCESSORIES ASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 

120BA01300 FRONT PANEL I/F PCA (A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 

120BA05300 IEEE / TIMER PCA (A2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 

120BA01200 MEMORY PCA (A3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 

120BA01100 CPU PCA (A4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 

120BA09303 PULSE DRIVER PCA (A5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 

120BA12550 GT9000 PULSE GENERATOR (A5A1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 

120BA09401 AM/FM DRIVER PCA (A6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 

420BA47500 GT9000 LEVEL PCA (A10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 

420BA50500 LEVEL DRIVER AM 9000 PCA (A10A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29 

iv Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998

Preface 

120BA04650 POWER SUPPLY PCA (A11). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31 

120BA06951 100 MHz PLL PCA (A14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 

120BA08800 1 HZ PLL PCA (A15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 

120BA07000 REF/DC PLL PCA (A16). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 

120BA07150 DIVIDE BY N PCA (A17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41 

120BA07250 OUTPUT PLL PCA (A18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 

120BA08350 YIG DRIVER PCA (A19). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 

1202221000 GT9000 DISP DRIVER PCA (A20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 

101BA39101 HI STAB OSC PCA (A21). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49 

120BA01000 COMPUTER BUS PCA (A100). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49 

120BA07300 I/O BUSS PCA (A101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49 

120BA05520 11 DIGIT DISPLY PCA NVFD (A103) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49 

120BA05621 5 DIGIT DISPLAY PCA NVFD (A104) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 

120BA04850 PUSHBUTTON PCA (A105) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 

120BA01512 DATA ENTRY M7100 PCA (A106) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 

120BA12900 MAIN TUNE PCA (A107)1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51 

120BA07900 DETECTOR BUFFER PCA (A200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52 

120CA11502 100MHZ MODULE ASY (A201); GT9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53 

101CA04203 100 MHz MODULE PCA; GT9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54 

6.2 List of Manufacturers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57 

7 • Diagrams _________________________________________________________ 

7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 

GT 9000 PCB Assy Set,, DWG# 120DA00750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 

GT 9000 Chassis Assy, DWG# 120DA00952 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 

GT 9000 Chassis Assy, DWG# 120DA00952 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 

GT 9000 Front Panel Assy, DWG# 1204206652. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 

GT 9000 Rear Panel Assy, DWG# 120DA11052B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 

Microwave Deck, DWG# 420DA46900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 

.01-26 GHz Frequency Assy, DWG# 120DA00501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 

Front Panel Interface PC Assy (A1), DWG# 120BA01300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 

Front Panel Interface Circuit Schematic (A1), DWG# 120BS01300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 

IEEE/Timer PC Assy (A2), DWG# 120BA05300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 

IEEE/Timer Circuit Schematic (A2), DWG# 120BS05300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 

Memory PC Assy (A3), DWG# 120BA01200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 

Memory Circuit Schematic (A3), DWG# 120BS01200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 

CPU PC Assy (A4), DWG# 120BA01100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 

CPU Circuit Schematic (A4), DWG# 120BS01100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 

Pulse Driver PC Assy (A5), DWG# 120BA09303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 

Pulse Driver Circuit Schematic (A5), DWG# 120BS09303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 

Pulse Generator PC Assy (A5A1), DWG# 120BA12550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 

Pulse Generator Circuit Schematic (A5A1), DWG# 120BS12550. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 

AM/FM Driver PC Assy (A6), DWG# 120BA09401 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 

AM/FM Driver Circuit Schematic (A6), DWG# 120BS09401 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 

Function Generator PC Assy (A6A1), DWG# 120BA12601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 

Function Generator Circuit Schematic (A6A1), DWG# 120BS12601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 

Scan Modulation PC Assy (A7), DWG# 120BA15650. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37 

Scan Modulation Circuit Schematic (A7), DWG# 120BS15650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38 

Level PC Assy (A10), DWG# 420BA47500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 

Level Circuit Schematic (A10), DWG# 420BS47500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 

Level Driver PC Assy (A10A1), DWG# 420BA50500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 

Level Driver Circuit Schematic (A10A1), DWG# 420BS50500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 

Power Supply PC Assy (A11), DWG# 120BA04650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 


v


Power Supply Circuit Schematic (A11), DWG# 120BS04650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49 

100 MHz Ref PLL PC Assy (A14), DWG# 120BA06951 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50 

100 MHz Ref PLL Circuit Schematic (A14), DWG# 120BS06951 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 

1 Hz Phase Locked Loop PC Assy (A15), DWG# 120BA08800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53 

1 Hz Phase Locked Loop Circuit Schematic (A15), DWG# 120BS08800. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54 

Ref/DC PLL PC Assy (A16), DWG# 120BA07000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56 

Ref/DC PLL Circuit Schematic (A16), DWG# 120BS07000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57 

Divide by N PC Assy (A17), DWG# 120BA07150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60 

Divide by N Circuit Schematic (A17), DWG# 120BS07150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61 

Output PLL PC Assy (A18), DWG# 120BA07250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64 

Output PLL Circuit Schematic (A18), DWG# 120BS07250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65 

YIG Driver PC Assy (A19), DWG# 120BA08350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68 

YIG Driver Circuit Schematic (A19), DWG# 120BS08350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69 

Display Driver PC Assy (A20), DWG# 1202221000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72 

Display Driver Circuit Schematic (A20), DWG# 120BS21000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73 

High Stability Oscillator PC Assy and Circuit Schematic (A21), 

DWG# 101BA39101/101BS39101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75 

5 X 10 -10 High Stability Oscillator PC Assy and Circuit Schematic (A21), 

DWG# 101BA39103/101BS39103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76 

Computer Bus PC Assy (A100), DWG# 120BA01000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77 

I/O Bus PC Assy (A101), DWG# 120BA07300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78 

11 Digit Display PC Assy and Circuit Schematic (A103), 

DWG# 120BA05520/120BS05520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79 

5 Digit Display PC Assy (A104), DWG# 120BA05621 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80 

5 Digit Display Circuit Schematic (A104), DWG# 120BS05621. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81 

Pushbutton PC Assy and Circuit Schematic (A105), DWG# 120BA04850/120BS04850 . . 7-82 

Data Entry PC Assy (A106), DWG# 120BA01512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83 

Data Entry Circuit Schematic (A106), DWG# 120BS01512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84 

Main Tune PC Assy and Circuit Schematic (A107), DWG# 120BA12900/120BS12900 . . 7-86 

Detector Buffer PC Assy (A200), DWG# 120BA07900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87 

Detector Buffer Circuit Schematic (A200), DWG# 120BS07900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88 

100 MHz Module Assy (A201), DWG# 120CA11502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89 

100 MHz Reference Oscillator PC Assy (A201), DWG# 101CA04203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90 

100 MHz Reference Oscillator Circuit Schematic (A201), DWG# 101DS04203 . . . . . . . . . 7-91 

Switching Power Supply #1 PC Assy, (Option 30) DWG# 30708 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93 

Switching Power Supply #1 Circuit Schematic, (Option 30) DWG# 30709 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94 


Switching Power Supply #2 Circuit Schematic, (Option 30)DWG# 30713 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-96 


Switching Power Supply #3 Circuit Schematic, (Option 30) DWG# 30718 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98 

vi Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998

Preface 

A • Options __________________________________________________________ 

A.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 

A.2 Accessory A001: Cable Kit (SMA), P/N 29847 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 

A.3 Accessory A002: Rack Mount With Slides, P/N 29861 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 

A.4 Accessory A003: Rack Mount Without Slides, P/N 29862 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 

A.5 Accessory A006: Extender Board Service Kit, P/N 29813 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 

A.6 Accessory A010: O&M Manual, P/N 120AM00350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 

A.7 Accessory A011: Instrument Carrying Case, P/N 29855. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 

A.8 Option 16: 1 Hz Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 

A.9 Option 20: High Power RF Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4 

A.9.1 Implementation of Option 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4 

A.9.2 Activating & Deactivating Option 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4 

A.9.3 Special Characteristics of Option 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4 

A.9.4 High Power Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5 

A.9.5 Specification Changes for Option 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5 

A.9.6 Option 20 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6 

A.10 Option 22: Rear Panel RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7 

29859 OPT 22B R/P RF W/O OPT 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7 

A.11 Option 23: Type-N RF Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7 

A.12 Option 24: Internal Modulation, AM and FM Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8 

A.13 Option 25: Planar Crown RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10 

A.14 Option 26: 10 dB Step Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11 

A.15 Option 27: Scan Modulation/Linear AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12 

A.15.1 Option 27 Front Panel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13 

A.15.2 Option 27 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14 

A.15.3 Option 27 Acceptance Test Procedure (Scan Mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15 

A.15.4 Option 27 Acceptance Test Procedure (Linear AM Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16 

A.15.5 Option 27 Linear AM Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17 

A.15.6 Option 27 Scan Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-18 

A.15.7 Option 27 Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-18 

A.17 Option 30: Switching Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-23 

Index ________________________________________________________________ 

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index-1 


vii


List of Figures ________________________________________________________ 

Figure 1-1 Power Line Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 

Figure 1-2 Voltage Selector and Fuse Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 

Figure 2-1 Front Panel Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 

Figure 2-2 Entry Menu Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 

Figure 2-3 Data Entry Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 

Figure 2-4 Shifted Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 

Figure 2-5 CW Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 

Figure 2-6 RF Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 

Figure 2-7 Pulse Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 

Figure 2-8 Frequency Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 

Figure 2-9 Amplitude Modulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 

Figure 2-10 The Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 

Figure 3-1 Internal Chassis Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 

Figure 3-2 The computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 

Figure 3-3 Phase lock loop circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 

Figure 3-4 Phase lock loop circuit, with prescaler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 

Figure 3-5 The output loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 

Figure 3-6 The reference loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 

Figure 3-7 Downconverter module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 

Figure 3-8 Downconverter phase lock loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 

Figure 3-9 Automatic level control & AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 

Figure 3-10 Frequency modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 

Figure 4-1 Frequency Range, Resolution, Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 

Figure 4-2 Spurious Signals Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 

Figure 4-3 Single-Sideband Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 

Figure 4-4 RF Output Power Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 

Figure 4-5 Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 

Figure 4-6 Pulse Modulation Rise/Fall Time Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 

Figure 4-7 PM Overshoot & Settling Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 

Figure 4-8 Pulse Modulation Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 

Figure 4-9 Internal Pulse Generator Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 

Figure 4-10 Frequency Modulation Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 

Figure 4-11 Internal Modulation Generator Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 

Figure A-1 Switches and Amplifiers for Option 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4 

Figure A-2 Scan/AM Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13 

Figure A-3 Scan Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14 

viii Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998

Preface 

List of Tables _________________________________________________________ 

Table 2-1 Parameter Default Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 

Table 2-2 IEEE-488 Interface Subsets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 

Table 2-3 Interface Connector Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 

Table 2-4 GT 9000 Syntax Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 

Table 2-5 GT 9000 Virtual Keystrokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 

Table 2-6 Character Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 

Table 2-7 Command Format Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 

Table 2-8 1026 Syntax Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 

Table 3-1 Output & Reference Frequencies (in MHz). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 

Table 3-2 Output and Ref. Frequencies to 26.5 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 

Table 4-1 Power Supply Test Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 

Table 4-2 YIG Reference Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 

Table 4-3 YIG Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 

Table 4-4 Level Calibration Pot Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 

Table 4-5 FM External Frequency Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 

Table 5-1 Power Supplies on the A11 PC Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 

Table 5-2 Switching Power Supply Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 

Table 5-3 YIG Oscillator Tuning Coil Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 

Table 5-4 Microwave Module Control Biases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 

Table 5-5 Logic Level Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 

Table 5-6 Expected Voltages on the YIG Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 

Table 5-7 Expected Reference Mixer Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 

Table 6-1 Manufacturer’s List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57 

Table A-1 Crown Connector Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10 

Table A-2 AM Calibration Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17 


ix


x Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998

About This Manual 

This Operation and Maintenance Manual covers all aspects of the Giga-tronics Model GT 9000 

Synthesized Microwave Signal Generator. The information required to operate, calibrate and 

maintain the instrument is provided. 

Chapter 1 — Introduction & Performance Specifications — This chapter contains a brief 

introduction to the instrument as well as the instrument’s performance parameters. 

Chapter 2 — Operational Information — A user’s guide to the instrument and its controls. 

Chapter 3 — Theory Of Operation — A description of the instrument’s design and internal 

functioning, to the block diagram level. 

Chapter 4 — Calibration And Testing — Procedures for inspection, calibration and 

performance testing. 

Chapter 5 — Maintenance — Procedures for maintenance and troubleshooting. 

Chapter 6 — Parts Lists — Parts lists for all circuit boards and other assemblies. 

Chapter 7 — Diagrams — Component diagrams and schematic diagrams for all circuit boards 

and other assemblies. 

Appendix A: Options — Description of the available options for this instrument. 

Index — An alphabetical listing of the major subjects contained in this manual 


xi


xii Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998

Conventions 

The following conventions are used in this product manual. Additional conventions not included 

here will be defined at the time of usage. 

Warning 

WARNING 

The WARNING statement is enclosed in double lines and centered in 

the page. This calls attention to a situation, or an operating or 

maintenance procedure, or practice, which if not strictly corrected or 

observed, could result in injury or death of personnel. An example is 

the proximity of high voltage. 

Caution 

CAUTION 

The CAUTION statement is enclosed within a single heavy line and 

centered in the page. This calls attention to a situation, or an operating 

or maintenance procedure, or practice, which if not strictly corrected 

or observed, could result in temporary or permanent damage to the 

equipment, or loss of effectiveness. 

Notes 

☛ NOTE: A NOTE highlights or amplifies an essential operating or 

maintenance procedure, practice, condition or statement. 


xiii


SYMBOLS 

Block diagram symbols frequently used in the manual are illustrated below. 

Course 

MOD 

Fine 

YIG 

STEP 

ATTEN 

LVL 

Pulse 

Modulator 

YIG-Tuned 

Oscillator 

Mixer 

Switch 

Step 

Attenuator 

PIN-Diode 

Leveler 

DAC 

LOW 

PASS 

Digital to 

Analog 

Converter 

RF Level 

Detector 

Coupler 

Fixed 

Reference 

Oscillator 

Filter 

Voltage- 

Controlled 

Oscillator 

Step-Recovery 

Diode Multiplier 

Digital 

Data 

V 

R 

Phase Lock 

Loop 

DIV 

N 

Frequency 

Divider 

Isolator 

Amplifier 

xiv Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998

Record of Manual Changes 

This table is provided for your convenience to maintain a permanent record of manual change data. 

Corrected replacement pages will be issued as Technical Publication Change Instructions, and will 

be inserted at the front of the binder. Remove the corresponding old pages, insert the new pages, 

and record the changes here. 

Change Instruction 

Number 

Change Instruction 

Date 

Date 

Entered 

Comments 


xv


xvi Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998

Special Configurations 

When the accompanying product has been configured for user-specific application(s), supplemental 

pages will be inserted at the front of the manual binder. Remove this page and replace it with the 

furnished Special Configuration supplemental page(s). 


xvii


xviii Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998

1 

Introduction 

1.1 General Information 

1.1.1 Introduction 

The Model GT 9000 Microwave Synthesizer provides signal generation over a range of 

synthesized microwave frequencies and power levels. It is capable of generating output signals 

from 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz (the frequency range is dependent on the model). The RF output can 

be modulated in AM, FM, and PM modes. 

The following are the GT 9000 model numbers and frequency ranges: 

• GT 9000/.01 - 20 10 MHz to 20 GHz 

• GT 9000/.5 - 20 500 MHz to 20 GHz 

• GT 9000/2 - 20 2 GHz to 20 GHz 

• GT 9000/.01 - 26 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz 

• GT 9000/.5 - 26 500 MHz to 26.5 GHz 

• GT 9000/2 - 26 2 GHz to 26.5 GHz 

The Model GT 9000 generates output signals under manual control from the front panel, or 

under remote computer control through the IEEE-488 General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB). 

Complete performance specifications are described later in this chapter. 

The GT 9000 has a nominal weight of 43 lbs. It measures 5.25 inches high by 16.75 inches 

wide by 24 inches deep. Power requirements are 100/120/220/240 VAC +10%, 47-400 Hz, 

250 Watts nominal. See Section 1.2 for details on how to set the voltage and install the correct 

fuse for the area in which the instrument will be used. 

The GT 9000 is type tested to MIL-T-28800E, Type III, Class 5, Style E, except as follows: 

• Operating temperature range is 0 to 50° Celsius. 

• Warm-up time is 20 minutes for normal operation (for warm-up time prior to calibration and 

testing, see Chapter 4). 

• Storage temperature is -40° C to +70°C. 

• Relative humidity is limited to 95% non-condensing. 

• Altitude and EMI requirements are not specified. 

Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998 1-1

Model GT 9000 Microwave Synthesizer 

1.1.2 Items Furnished 

In addition to options and/or accessories specifically ordered, items furnished with the 

instrument are as follows: 

1 ea. - Operation and Maintenance Manual 

1 ea. - 6 ft. power cord 

2 ea. - PC Extender Board 

1 ea. - PC Card Extractor 

1.1.3 Items Required 

An IEEE-488 interface cable is needed for remote control operation. Appropriate RF output 

cabling to fit the female type SMA output connector can be ordered as an Accessory Cable Kit, 

No. A001. 

1.1.4 Tools and Test Equipment 

No special tools are required to operate the GT 9000. Test equipment required for calibration or 

performance verification is described in Chapter 4. 

1.1.5 Cooling 

A cooling fan is installed in the instrument. The cooling air intake and exhaust are both located 

on the rear panel. Care must be taken to avoid obstructing the flow of air into and out of the 

instrument. 

1.1.6 Cleaning 

The air inlet screen should be cleaned whenever a significant amount of dirt or dust has 

accumulated. Whenever the covers are removed, the interior should be blown out with dry air at 

a low velocity. 

1.1.7 Installation and Preparation for Use 

The GT 9000 is shipped in operational condition and no special installation procedures are 

required. A warm-up time of 20 minutes is recommended for normal operation (for warm-up 

time prior to calibration and testing, see Chapter 4). 

1.1.8 Receiving Inspection 

Use care in removing the instrument from the carton and check immediately for physical 

damage, such as bent or broken connectors on the front and rear panels, dents or scratches on 

the panels, broken extractor handles, etc. Check the shipping carton for evidence of physical 

damage and immediately report any damage to the shipping carrier. 

When the instrument is received, check the carton for evidence of damage. If damage is found, 

notify the carrier immediately, and open the carton only in the carrier’s presence. 

Each Giga-tronics instrument must pass rigorous inspections and tests prior to shipment. Upon 

receipt, it should immediately be subjected to a performance check to ensure that operation has not 

been impaired during shipment. The performance verification procedure is described in Chapter 4 of 

this manual. 

1-2 Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998

Introduction 

1.1.9 Preparation for Reshipment 

To protect the instrument during reshipment, use the best packaging materials available. If 

possible use the original shipping container. If this is not possible, a strong carton or a wooden 

box should be used. Wrap the instrument in heavy paper or plastic before placing it in the 

shipping container. Completely fill the areas on all sides of the instrument with packaging 

material. Take extra precautions to protect the front and rear panels. 

Seal the package with strong tape or metal bands. Mark the outside of the package “FRAGILE 

— DELICATE INSTRUMENT”. If corresponding with the factory or local Giga-tronics sales 

office regarding reshipment, please reference the full model number and serial number. If the 

instrument is being reshipped for repair, enclose all available pertinent data regarding the 

problem that has been found. 

☛ NOTE: If you are returning an instrument to Giga-tronics for service, first contact 

Giga-tronics Customer Service at (800) 444-2878 or Fax at (925) 328-4702 so that 

a return authorization number can be assigned. You can also contact Customer 

Service at www.repairs@gigatronics.com 



1.2 Safety Precautions 

CAUTION 

The instrument can be damaged if you attempt to operate it while the line voltage 

selector and fuses are incorrect for the applied line voltage. 

Before operating the instrument, make sure the voltage selection and fuses are compatible with 

the power source to be used. The instrument has been designed for international voltages of 

100, 120, 220, or 240 VAC, +10%, at 50-400 Hz. The GT 9000 uses an internationally approved 

connector that includes voltage selection, fuse and filter for RFI protection. 

The GT 9000 has a 3-wire power cord with a 3-terminal polarized plug for connection to the 

power source and safety ground. 

WARNING 

The safety ground is connected directly to the chassis. If a 3-to-2 wire adapter is 

to be used, be sure to connect the ground lead from the adapter to earth ground. 

Failure to do this could cause the instrument to float above ground, posing a shock 

hazard. 

EARTH GROUND 

LINE 

NEUTRAL 

LINE 

NEUTRAL 

EARTH GROUND 

Figure 1-1. Power Line Connection 


Introduction 

1.2.1 Voltage and Fuse Selection 

When the GT 9000 is shipped from the factory, it is set for a line voltage of 120 V for domestic 

destinations. The power line fuse for this setting is a 4 A 3AG Slo-Blo. If the instrument is set 

to operate on a 240 V power line, the fuse must be changed to a 2 A 3AG Slo-Blo. 

To select a different operating line voltage and fuse, proceed as follows: 

1. Open the cover door and rotate the fuse-pull to the left; remove the fuse. 

2. Select the operating voltage by orienting the PC board so that the correct voltage label 

is on the top left side. 

3. Push the board firmly into the module slot. 

4. Rotate the fuse-pull back into the normal position and reinsert the fuse into the holder, 

using care to select the correct fuse value. 

Operating voltage is shown 

in the module window 

Figure 1-2. Voltage Selector and Fuse Holder 



1.3 Performance Specifications 

1.3.1 CW Operation 

Range: 

Accuracy And Stability: 

From .01, .5, or 2 GHz to 26.5 GHz 

(see the serial number tag) 

Resolution: 1 kHz (1 Hz with Option 16) 

Time Base (internal): 

Aging Rate: 

Temperature Stability: 

Time Base (external): 

Switching Time: 

Identical to time base oscillator. 

10 MHz 

Introduction 

1.3.3 RF Output Power 

Maximum Leveled Output: 

Frequency 

Range (GHz) 

Standard 

(dBm) 

With Option 26 

(dBm) 

.01 to 2 +13 +13 

>2 to 8 1 +15 +15 

8 to 15 +14 +13 

>15 to


1.3.5 Internally Generated PM Repetition Rate 

Repetition Rate: 

Range 

Resolution 

1 Hz to 100 Hz 1 Hz 

100 Hz to 1 kHz 1 Hz 

1 kHz to 10 kHz 10 Hz 

10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 Hz 

10 kHz to 1 MHz 1 kHz 

1 MHz to 3 MHz 10 kHz 

Accuracy: 

Jitter: 

+0.02% of range maximum value. 

Same as instrument time base. 

1.3.6 Internally Generated PM Delay 

(referenced to Sync Output) 

Range: 

Resolution: 

Accuracy: 

Jitter: 

0 to 2 s 

10 ns 

+1% of setting or 20 ns, whichever is greater. 

0.01% of setting or 100 ps, whichever is greater. 

1.3.7 Internally Generated PM Width 

Range: 

Resolution: 

Accuracy: 

Jitter: 

50 ns to 2 s 

10 ns 

+1% of setting or 20 ns, whichever is greater. 

0.01% of setting or 100 ps, whichever is greater. 

1.3.8 Externally Triggered PM Envelope 

(one envelope produced by each trigger supplied) 


Pulse Delay: 

Pulse Width: 

Input Trigger Required: 

5 Hz to 5 MHz 

Set by internal delay control. 

Set by internal width control. 

Positive or negative-going TTL level trigger pulse, >25 ns wide. 

1.3.9 Externally Generated PM Envelope 

(one envelope produced by each pulse supplied) 


Pulse Delay (output envelope 

leading edge referenced to 

input pulse leading edge): 

Input Pulse Required: 

5 Hz to 5 MHz, leveled output; 

DC to 10 MHz, unleveled output. 

50 ns, typical 

Positive or negative-going TTL level pulse, 

>50 ns wide (leveled output); 

>20 ns wide (unleveled output). 


Introduction 

1.3.10 FM Envelope Parameters (Wide or Narrow Mode) 

☛ NOTE: Frequency Modulation (FM) specifications apply with Scan/AM and PM off. 

FM may be operated simultaneously with AM or PM. 

Distortion:


1.3.15 Externally Supplied FM Envelope 

Waveform: 

Rate: 

Sensitivity: 

Any waveform compatible with bandwidth considerations. 

10 Hz to 5 MHz 

Settable; calibrated for 1 Vp input. 

RF Output 

Frequency 

External FM Sensitivity 

Deviation at 

1 Vp in 

Deviation 

Range 

Deviation 

Increments 

2 GHz 10 MHz 0 to 10 MHz 2.5 kHz 

For 2-26 GHz instruments: 

>2 GHz 10 MHz 0 to 10 MHz 2.5 kHz 

Input Impedance: 

50 Ω, nominal 

1.3.16 Amplitude Modulation 

☛ NOTE: The AM specifications given here do not apply to instruments with 

Option 27; see Appendix A for option information. AM may be operated 

simultaneously with FM. 

Modulation Depth: 0 to 90%, typical, at 0 dBm out 

Modulation Bandwidth: DC to 30 kHz, +3 dB, typical, at 0 dBm out 

Modulation Accuracy: Set depth +10% depth (e.g., the depth at a 50% setting may be 40 to 60%). 

1.3.17 AM Indicator 

Depth Readout: 

Rate Readout 

(Option 24 only): 

4 digits; 0.1% depth resolution 

6 digits; 1 Hz rate resolution 

1.3.18 Internally Generated AM Envelope 

(Option 24 only) 

Waveform: Sine, square, or triangle wave. 

Rate: 1 Hz to 100 kHz 

Resolution: 1 Hz 

Accuracy: +0.01 Hz 


Introduction 

1.3.19 Externally Supplied AM Envelope 

Waveform: 

Input Sensitivity: 

Any waveform compatible with bandwidth considerations. 

1 Vpp for 50% depth +10% depth, at a 1 kHz rate. 

Depth is settable; sensitivity is calibrated for a 2 Vpp input, as shown in the table: 

Depth at 

1 Vpp Input 

Depth at 

2 Vpp Input 

AM Input Sensitivity 

Depth 

Range 

Depth 

Increments 

50% ~100%* 0 to 90% 0.1% 

*Although the hypothetical 100% modulation depth at 2 Vpp is not within specified 

performance limits, 2 Vpp is used as a reference level for AM input sensitivity. 


600 Ω, +120 Ω 

1.3.20 External Automatic Level Control 

EXT ALC Input: 

Range: 

Loop Bandwidth: 


1.3.21 Front Panel Inputs/Outputs 

Signal input for remote leveling of output power, by positive or negative polarity 

ZBS detectors, or by applicable power meters. 

500 µV to 2 V 

50 kHz, nominal (ZBS detector); 

0.7 Hz, nominal (power meter). 

10 kΩ, nominal 

(type BNC connectors, unless otherwise stated) 

RF Out: 

AM In: 

FM In: 

PM In: 

The RF output signal, on a type SMA connector. (Option 22 relocates the 

connector to the rear panel.) 

Input signal for external amplitude modulation. 

Input signal for external frequency modulation. 

Input signal for external pulse modulation. 

1.3.22 Rear Panel Inputs/Outputs 

(type BNC connectors, unless otherwise stated) 

5-6 MHz In: A 5 to 6 MHz input, at 2 Vpp (input impedance is 50 Ω, nominal) for controlling 

the frequency of the signal generator; it makes possible fine frequency resolution 

control from an external synthesized source (increasing the input above 5 MHz 

causes a one-for-one change in the RF output frequency). 

REF Out: 

REF In: 

ALC In: 

PM Video Out: 

A buffered sine wave output at 10 MHz, 2 Vpp into 50 Ω, derived from the 

internal timebase, or an external timebase. 

An external timebase input signal, 10 MHz or 5 MHz, +1 × 10 -6 or better, 0.5 to 

5 Vpp; overrides the internal time base. Input impedance is 100 Ω, nominal. 

To specify the frequency of the external timebase, press SHIFT SPECIAL 11. 

Press MODE to toggle between the 10 MHz and 5 MHz settings. 

An input signal, for remote level control of output power by positive or negative 

polarity ZBS detectors, or by applicable power meters (see Section 1.3.20). 

A pulse modulation envelope waveform, at TTL levels (approximately 1 V into 

50 Ω). 



PM Sync Out: 

AM Sig Out: 

FM Sig Out: 

A 50 ns wide trigger pulse output (approximately 1 V into 50 Ω), coincident with 

the leading edge of the pulse modulation envelope waveform. 

An amplitude modulation waveform output, at 2 Vpp into 1 MΩ. 

A frequency modulation waveform output, at 2 Vpp into 1 MΩ. 

1.3.23 General Specifications 

Remote Interface: IEEE STD 488-1978 (all parameters except AC power on/off). 

Operating Temperature: 0 to 50° C. 

Environmental: Complies with MIL-T-28800E, Type III, Class 5, Style E. 

Power: 100/120/220/240 VAC +10%, 50-400 Hz, 250 Watts, nominal. 

Dimensions: 13.3 cm H x 42.5 cm W x 60.9 cm D (5.25 in x 16.75 in x 24 in) 

Volume: 1.22 ft 3 (.0345 m 3 ) 

Weight: 20.5 kg (45 lbs) 


2 

Operation 

2.1 Introduction 

This chapter contains the operating instructions for the GT 9000 Microwave Synthesizer. It is 

divided into the following operational areas: 

• The Front Panel 

• The Rear Panel 

• Remote Programming (GT 9000 Syntax) 

• Remote Programming (1026 Syntax) 

2.2 The Front Panel 

The Model GT 9000 front panel is versatile and easy to use. It is designed with displays and 

fields as illustrated in Figure 2-1. Displays and fields are contained within surrounding borders, 

and are discussed in the following sections to identify their functions. 

Figure 2-1. Front Panel Layout 


Model GT 9000 Microwave Signal Generator 

2.2.1 Entry Menu 

The Entry Menu displays real-time configuration and operating data (see Section 2.2.2). Front 

panel settings are automatically saved in non-volatile memory when the instrument is powered 

off, and restored when it is powered back on. Up to ten front panel setups can be saved in 

non-volatile memory for later retrieval. 

The top line of the Entry Menu identifies any parameter (such as frequency or level) which 

needs to be specified for the selected function. The bottom line displays the current value of 

that parameter. The value can be changed with the keypad, digi-dial, or up-down keys. 

At power-on, the Entry Menu displays the model and frequency range of the instrument (e.g., 

MODEL GT 9000, 10 MHz to 26 GHz). The last settings made before power-off remain in effect. 

The default settings can be enabled with the Reset function (see Section 2.2.1). The default 

settings are minimum frequency, 0 dBm level, no modulation. 

Figure 2-2. Entry Menu Display 


Operation 

2.2.2 Data Entry Field 

The Data Entry field contains the following controls: 

• Numeric keypad 

• Units keys 

• Digi-Dial 

• Up/down keys 

• Entry On/Off 

• Entry Resolution 

• Shift 

• Recall/Store 

Figure 2-3. Data Entry Field 

The value of a parameter can be entered in any of three methods: The numeric keypad, the 

digi-dial, or the up/down keys. 

Numeric Keypad 

The first method is to key in digits with the numeric keypad. The keyed digits appear in the 

bottom line of the Entry Menu. When all digits have been entered, press the appropriate units 

key (the right column in the numeric keypad). 

The −/⇐ key (located below the numeric 3 key) has a dual function. If it is pressed before a 

numeric key, a minus sign will precede the value entered. If it is pressed after one or more 

numeric keys, it functions as a backspace. 



Units Keys 

Units keys have the same effect as pressing an Enter key, and sets the parameter to the entered 

value. Unit key designators are GHz/ns/dBm, MHz/us, kHz/ms, and Hz/s/%. If you enter a value 

exceeding the allowable range for that parameter, the setting will default to the nearest value 

that is within range. 

Digi-Dial 

The second method of data entry employs the digi-dial to change the value of the parameter 

displayed in the Entry Menu. The value on the bottom line of the Entry Menu changes as the 

knob is turned until the minimum or maximum value is reached. If necessary, the entry 

resolution of the digi-dial can be changed (see Entry Resolution below). 

Up/Down Keys 

The third method of data entry is to increment or decrement the parameter value by steps with 

the up/down keys. This is similar in operation to the digi-dial. If necessary, the step resolution 

of the up/down keys can be changed (see Entry Resolution below). 

Entry On/Off 

The digi-dial and up/down keys can be disabled when not in use to avoid accidental changes to 

parameters. They are toggled on and off by pressing the Entry [ON] key, located below the 

digi-dial knob. The LED above the [ON] key turns on whenever the keys are enabled, and turns 

off when they are disabled. 

When you are finished using the digi-dial and up/down keys, press Entry [ON] to disable their 

operation so that erroneous information will not be entered if they are touched inadvertently. 

Entry Resolution 

The resolution of the digi-dial and the up/down keys is programmable and is set for both at the 

same time. Entry resolution is limited only by the resolution of the instrument (e.g., in the case 

of a GT 9000 with 1 Hz frequency resolution, entry resolution can range from 1 Hz to the 

maximum frequency). Entry resolution is set independently for different functions (for example, 

resolution can be different for RF frequency and PM rate). 

To set the resolution for the parameter displayed in the Entry Menu, press the [RESOLUTION] 

key in the Data Entry field. The Entry Menu top line will now read ... RESOLUTION. Enter the 

desired value of resolution with the numeric keypad and terminate with the appropriate units 

key. Resolution can also be stepped in increments of powers of ten with the up/down keys (e.g., 

2, 20, 200). When you have set the desired resolution, press the Entry Resolution key or a unit 

key to return to the numeric entry mode. 

Shift Key 

See Section 2.2.3 for a description of shifted functions. 

Recall/Store 

See Page 2-8 for a description of Recall/Store functions. 


Operation 

2.2.3 Shifted Functions 

A number of the keys in the numeric keypad have an additional use when preceded by the 

[SHIFT] key (see Figure 2-4). These additional uses are labeled in blue. When the [SHIFT] key 

is pressed, the LED to its left lights and remains on until a function key is pressed (the shift key 

and the function key should not be held down at the same time). 

Figure 2-4. Shifted Functions 

The following shifted functions are available (each heading is followed by the numeric key 

which performs the shifted function): 

Reset (0) 

Press [SHIFT] [RESET] to reset parameters to the default conditions listed in Table 2-1: 

Table 2-1. Parameter Default Conditions 

Parameter Default Condition Parameter Default Condition 

CW Frequency Minimum FM Rate (Opt. 24) 1 kHz 

RF On FM Mode (Opt. 24) Sine 

RF Level 0 dBm FM Deviation 5 MHz 

Amplitude Modulation Off Pulse Modulation Off 

AM Rate (Opt. 24) 1 kHz PM Rate 100 kHz 

AM Mode (Opt. 24) Sine PM Mode Internal 

AM Depth 50% PM Width 5 us 

Frequency Modulation Off PM Delay 0 ns 



Local (.) 

The LOCAL function disables remote control and returns control of all functions to the front 

panel. All parameters programmed while in the remote mode remain in effect. 

Adrs (-/⇐) 

The ADRS (address) function, when first activated, displays GPIB ADDRESS on the top row of 

the Entry Menu. The current address is displayed on the lower row. The address value (0 to 30) 

can be changed with the keypad, the digi-dial or the up/down keys. If the keypad is used to 

enter a new value, any units key can be used as an enter key. Selecting any other function will 

clear the Entry Menu and display the new function. 

Test (1) 

The TEST function performs a self-test program to verify that all circuits are functioning 

normally. 

Atten (2) 

The ATTEN (Attenuator) function sets the step attenuator to a fixed value. While the attenuation 

is fixed, the output power is still controllable over a limited range by the automatic level control 

loop. For example, if the attenuator is fixed at -20 dBm, the instrument can be set from -40 to 

0 dBm (that is, from 20 dB below the attenuator setting to 20 dB above it). The top of the range 

can only be reached if the instrument is capable of generating 20 dBm at that frequency. If the 

instrument cannot achieve sufficient power to provide the requested level, the level indicator 

will turn off. This feature allows the output level to be varied across what would ordinarily be 

an attenuator switch point to prevent the slight discontinuity in level which can occur at such a 

switch point. 

Offset(4) 

The OFFSET function makes it possible to add an offset to the frequency display for 

convenience in certain test applications involving mixers. The offset can be positive or negative. 

The size of the offset is limited by the frequency range of the instrument. The value of the 

offset can be entered with the keypad, the digi-dial, or the up/down keys. After you have entered 

an offset frequency, the offset will be added to the frequency display; the actual RF output 

frequency will be displayed in the Entry Menu. 

Mult (5) 

The MULT (multiplier) function enables operator control of a frequency multiplier or extender 

(such as any of the Giga-tronics Series 800 instruments) by entering the desired output 

frequency from the keypad of the instrument. Both the Entry Menu and the frequency display 

will show the desired final output frequency. However, the actual output frequency of the 

GT 9000 will equal the displayed value divided by the multiplication factor. The value of the 

multiplication factor can be entered with the keypad, the digi-dial, or the up/down keys. 

For example, if a 3x frequency multiplier is being used, set the multiplier value to 3 and select 

an output frequency of 30 GHz. The instrument will generate a 10 GHz output to the frequency 

multiplier. 


Operation 

ALC (6) 

The use of the ALC (automatic level control) function allows the ALC circuit to take a level 

feedback from an external detector or power meter DC-output (see the rear panel External ALC 

connector). 

Special (7) 

The SPECIAL feature provides access to numbered special functions. When you press [SHIFT] 

[SPECIAL], the Entry Menu displays ENTER SPECIAL # or SCROLL. Use the [SCROLL] key to 

review the available functions listed below: 

00 Erase Memories. Press [ON] to erase stored setup memories 0 to 9. 

01 Model & Version. Press [ON] to display the model number, frequency range, and 

software version. 

02 Display Bright. Press [ON] to adjust the brightness of the entry display. 

11 Ext Ref. Select 5 MHz or 10 MHz external reference (see Option 11). 

20 RF Off @ PWR Up. This function controls RF output power upon power-up. Press 

[ON] or [OFF] to enable or disable this function. 

21 RF ON @ FREQ CNG. This function controls RF power output during frequency 

changes, except during band or filter changes. Press [ON] or [OFF] to enable or 

disable this function. 

40 HP GPIB Syntax. Press [ON] to use the normal (GT 9000) remote control command 

set. 

41 GT GPIB Syntax. Press [ON] to use the Giga-tronics 1026 remote control command 

set. 

50 Yig Fast Mode. Press [ON] or [OFF] to enable or disable (this function is used only 

for test purposes). 

51 Unlocked Mode. Press [ON] or [OFF] to enable or disable (this function is used only 

for test purposes). 

99 Clear Specials. Press [ON] to reset all special functions to the default mode. 

Recall/Store 

Up to ten front panel setups can be stored in non-volatile memory. After the desired parameters 

have been set (or allowed to default), the setting can be stored by first pressing [SHIFT] 

followed by [STORE] and then the desired memory number (0 to 9). The data is stored 

immediately. To recall a setup, press [RECALL] (without pressing the SHIFT key) followed by 

the memory number (0 to 9). 



2.2.4 Frequency 

To set a fixed frequency output from the generator, press [FREQ] and then key the desired 

frequency (see Figure 2-5). For example, enter 

[FREQ] [2.468] [GHz] 

When you press [FREQ], the LED in that key turns on and the Entry Menu displays CW 

FREQUENCY on the top line. The frequency value will display on the bottom line in real-time as 

the numbers are keyed in. The Frequency display shows the value last set. Key in the desired 

value then press the units key to set the output and CW display to the new frequency. 

Fine adjustments of the frequency can be made at any time with the digi-dial and up/down keys 

(see Section 2.2.2). If it is necessary to change the step resolution of the digi-dial or the 

up/down keys, press the Entry [RESOLUTION] key, then use the up/down keys or the numeric 

keypad and units keys to select the desired resolution. The Entry Menu will show FREQ 

RESOLUTION while you are adjusting the resolution. After the resolution is set, press [CW] 

again to adjust the frequency in the chosen increments. When you are finished using the 

digi-dial and up/down keys, press Entry [ON] again to disable their operation so that erroneous 

information will not be entered if they are touched inadvertently. 

Figure 2-5. CW Frequencies 


Operation 

2.2.5 RF Level 

To set the RF power output from the signal generator, press [LEVEL]. Use the numeric keys to 

key in the desired power level, then press the [dBm] units key. If a negative value is desired, 

press the [-] key before the first value key (see Figure 2-6). For example, to set the RF level to 

-15 dBm, enter 

[LEVEL] [-] [15.5] [dBm] 

When you press [LEVEL], the Entry Menu displays RF LEVEL with the value and units of the 

last level setting, and will display the real-time numbers as they are keyed in. The Power 

display shows the last level setting until [dBm] is pressed. After the desired power setting has 

been keyed in, press [dBm] to change the output and Power display to the selected level. 

Fine adjustments of the power can be made at any time with the digi-dial and up/down keys 

(see Section 2.2.2). If it is necessary to change the power resolution of the digi-dial or the 

up/down keys, press the Entry [RESOLUTION] key, then use the up/down keys or the numeric 

keypad and units keys to select the desired resolution. The Entry Menu will display POWER 

RESOLUTION while you are adjusting the resolution. After the resolution is set, press [LEVEL] 

again to adjust the level in the chosen increments. When you are finished using the digi-dial and 

up/down keys, press Entry [ON] again to disable their operation so that erroneous information 

will not be entered if they are touched inadvertently. 

Figure 2-6. RF Level 



2.2.6 Pulse Modulation 

External modulation signals are applied to the PM IN connector, which is duplicated on the 

front and rear panels. 

The Pulse Modulation function has a number of programmable modes and parameters (see 

Figure 2-7). 

Figure 2-7. Pulse Modulation 

When the [PM] key in the Modulation field is pressed, the Entry Menu displays the last mode, 

whether PM is on or off, and the last parameter with its value. 

The [ON] and [OFF] keys in the Function field turn the modulation on and off. 

For some functions, it is necessary to select sub-functions as well. For example, the PM 

function requires you to specify such parameters as rate, width, and delay. Sub-functions are 

selected by means of the [MODE] and [SCROLL] keys in the Functions field. 

Use the [MODE] key to change the mode to any of the selections below: 

INT 

Internal 

EXT + PULS External pulse positive true 

EXT - PULS External pulse negative true 

PM + TRIG External rising edge trigger 

PM - TRIG External falling edge trigger 

Use the [SCROLL] key to select the mode parameters: 

RATE 

Pulse rate 

WDTH Pulse width 

DELY 

Pulse delay 


Operation 

When RATE, WDTH or DELY is selected, the appropriate numeric value can be entered through 

the Data Entry field. For example, to set an internal 10 kHz rate 50 µs width pulse with a sync 

to output delay of 300 ns, enter 

[PM] [MODE] [SCROLL] [10] [kHz] [SCROLL] [50] [us] [SCROLL] [300] [ns] [ON] 

When you first press [PM], the Entry Menu will display the last setting. Press [MODE] 

repeatedly until INT is displayed in the Entry Menu. Now press [SCROLL] repeatedly until 

RATE appears in the Entry Menu. Key in the desired numeric value [10] followed by the 

appropriate units [kHz]. Note that the new value is displayed in the Entry Menu as it is keyed 

in, but does not become effective until the units key is pressed. Press [SCROLL] again and 

WDTH appears in the Entry Menu. Again, use the numeric keys to enter the value. 

Press [SCROLL] again and DELY appears on the Entry Menu. Use the numeric keys to enter the 

value. Now, press [ON] to activate Pulse Modulation. 

Fine adjustments of rate, width, and delay can be made at any time with the digi-dial and 

up/down keys. (see Section 2.2.2). If it is necessary to change the step resolution of the digi-dial 

or the up/down keys, press the [RESOLUTION] key, then use the up/down keys or the numeric 

keypad and units keys to select the desired resolution. The Entry Menu will display PULSE 

RATE RESOL, PULSE WDTH RESOL, or PULSE DELY RESOL while you are adjusting the 

resolution. After the resolution is set, press [PM] again to adjust the level in the chosen 

increments. When you are finished using the digi-dial and up/down keys, press Entry [ON] 

again to disable their operation so that erroneous information will not be entered if they are 

touched inadvertently. 



2.2.7 Frequency Modulation 

Modulating signals for frequency modulation must be applied to the FM IN connector from an 

external source, unless Option 24 (internal modulation) is installed. The FM IN connector is 

duplicated on the front and rear panels. 

The FM function has a number of programmable modes and parameters (see Figure 2-8). 

Figure 2-8. Frequency Modulation 

When the [FM] key is pressed, the Entry Menu shows the last mode set, whether FM is on or 

off, and the last parameter set and its value. To select Narrow FM, press [SHIFT] [FM]. To 

return to Wide FM, press [SHIFT] [FM] again. The Narrow FM mode is indicated by FMn in 

the Entry Menu. Use the [MODE] key in the FUNCTION field to change the mode: 

SIN 

SQR 

TRI 

EXT 

Sine wave (Option 24 only) 

Square wave (Option 24 only) 

Triangle wave (Option 24 only) 

External source 

Use the [SCROLL] key in the FUNCTION field to select the parameters: 

RATE 

Modulation rate (Option 24 only) 

DEV 

Deviation 

When either RATE or DEV is selected, the appropriate numeric value can be entered through 

the Data Entry field. The [ON] and [OFF] keys in the Function field to turn the modulation on 

and off. 

For example, to select 10 kHz sine wave modulation at a deviation of 300 kHz: 


Operation 

[FM] [MODE] [SCROLL] [10] [kHz] [SCROLL] [300] [kHz] [ON] 

When you first press [FM], the Entry Menu displays the last setting. Press [MODE] repeatedly 

until the desired mode is displayed in the Entry Menu. Now press [SCROLL] repeatedly until 

RATE appears in the Entry Menu. Key in the desired numeric value [10] followed by [kHz]. 

Note that the value is displayed in the Entry Menu as it is keyed in. The new value becomes 

effective only when the units key (i.e., [GHz], [MHz], [kHz] or [Hz]) is pressed. Press 

[SCROLL] again and DEV appears in the Entry Menu. Use the numeric entry to set the value. 

Press [ON] to activate frequency modulation. 

Fine adjustments of either RATE or DEV can be made at any time with the digi-dial and 

up/down keys. Press [SCROLL] to select the parameter to be adjusted, then enable the digi-dial 

and the up/down keys (see Section 2.2.2). If it is necessary to change the step resolution of the 

digi-dial or the up/down keys, press the [RESOLUTION] key, then use the up/down keys or the 

numeric keypad and units keys to select the desired resolution. The Entry Menu will display FM 

RATE RESOL, or FM DEV RESOL while you are adjusting the resolution. After the resolution is 

set, press [FM] again to adjust the level in the chosen increments. When you are finished using 

the digi-dial and up/down keys, press Entry [ON] again to disable their operation so that 

erroneous information will not be entered if they are touched inadvertently. 




☛ NOTE: Modulating signals for amplitude modulation must be applied to the AM IN 

connector (which is duplicated on the front and rear panels) from an external 

source, unless Option 24 (internal modulation) is installed. 

The Amplitude Modulation function has a number of programmable modes and parameters (see 

Figure 2-9). 

Figure 2-9. Amplitude Modulation 

When the [AM] key in the MODULATION field is pressed, the Entry Menu shows the last 

mode, whether AM is on or off, and the last parameter with its value. Use the [MODE] key in 

the FUNCTION field to change the mode. 

SIN 

SQR 

TRI 

EXT 

Sine wave (Option 24 only) 

Square wave (Option 24 only) 

Triangle wave (Option 24 only) 

External source 

Use the [SCROLL] key in the FUNCTION field to select the parameters: 

Rate 

Modulation rate (Option 24 only) 

Depth 

Modulation depth 

When either RATE or DEPTH is selected, the appropriate numeric value can be entered via the 

data entry system. The [ON] and [OFF] keys in the FUNCTION field turn the modulation on 

and off. 

For example, if you wish to set a 10 kHz sine wave modulation at a depth of 30%: 


Operation 

[AM] [MODE] [SCROLL] [10] [kHz] [SCROLL] [30] [%] [ON] 

When you first press [AM], the Entry Menu will automatically show the last setting. Press 

[MODE] repeatedly until the desired mode is displayed in the Entry Menu. Now press 

[SCROLL] repeatedly until RATE is displayed in the Entry Menu. Key in the desired numeric 

value [10] followed by [kHz]. Note that the value is displayed in the Entry Menu as it is keyed. 

The new value becomes effective only when the units key is pressed. Press [SCROLL] again 

and DEPTH displays in the Entry Menu. Again, use the numeric entry to set the value. Note that 

the only valid units are %. Now press [ON] to turn on the Amplitude Modulation. 

Fine adjustments of RATE or DEPTH can be made at any time with the digi-dial and up/down 

keys. Press [SCROLL] to select the parameter to be adjusted, then enable the digi-dial and the 

up/down keys (see Section 2.2.2). If it is necessary to change the step resolution of the digi-dial 

or the up/down keys, press the [RESOLUTION] key, then use the up/down keys or the numeric 

keypad and units keys to select the desired resolution. The Entry Menu will display AM RATE 

RESOL, or AM DEPTH RESOL while you are adjusting the resolution. After the resolution is set, 

press [AM] again to adjust the level in the chosen increments. When you are finished using the 

digi-dial and up/down keys, press Entry [ON] again to disable their operation so that erroneous 

information will not be entered if they are touched inadvertently. 



2.3 The Rear Panel 

This section explains the functions on the rear panel (see Figure 2-10). 

Figure 2-10. The Rear Panel 

2.3.1 BNCs 

5-6 MHz IN A 5 to 6 MHz input, at 2 Vpp (input impedance is 50 Ω, nominal), for 

controlling the frequency of the signal generator; it makes fine frequency 

resolution control possible from an external synthesized source (increasing the 

input above 5 MHz causes a one-for-one change in the RF output frequency). 

REF OUT 

A buffered sine wave output at 10 MHz, 2 Vpp into 50 Ω, derived from the 

internal or external timebase. 

REF IN An external timebase input signal, 10 MHz or 5 MHz, +1 × 10 -6 or better, 0.5 

to 5 Vpp (input impedance is 100 Ω, nominal); overrides the internal time 

base. To specify the frequency of the external timebase, press [SHIFT] 

[SPECIAL] [11]. Press [MODE] to toggle between the 10 MHz and 5 MHz 

settings. 

ALC IN 

An input signal for remote level control of output power by positive or 

negative polarity ZBS detectors, or by applicable power meters (see 

Section 1.3.20 for specifications). 

PM VIDEO OUT A pulse modulation envelope waveform, at TTL levels (approximately 1 Vpp 

into 50 Ω). 

PM SYNC OUT A 50 ns wide trigger pulse output, coincident with leading edge of the pulse 

modulation envelope, at TTL levels (approximately 1 V into 50 Ω). 

AM SIG OUT 

An amplitude modulation waveform output, at 2 Vpp into 1 MΩ. 

.FM SIG OUT 

A frequency modulation waveform output, at 2 Vpp into 1 MΩ. 


Operation 

2.3.2 Line Power and Fuse 

Power Input 

Line Selection 

Fuse Holder 

A 3-terminal polarized connector with safety ground wired to the chassis. 

Four input line voltages can be selected: 100, 120, 220, or 240 VAC. 

Retains the power fuse (see Section 1.2.1 for fuse ratings). 

2.3.3 IEEE-488 Interface 

The GT 9000 permits data bus control in accordance with the IEEE Standard Digital Interface 

for Programmable Instruments, IEEE-STD 488-1978. Table 2-2 shows which subsets of the 

standard are implemented in the GT 9000. 

Table 2-2. IEEE-488 Interface Subsets 

Subset Title GT 9000 Implementation 

SH1 Source Handshake Complete Capability 

AH1 Acceptor Handshake Complete Capability 

T8 Talker Basic Talker, No Serial Poll 

TEO Extended Talker No Capability 

L4 Listener Basic Listener, No Listen Only, Unaddressed if 

MTA 

LEO Extended Listener No Capability 

SRO Service Request No Capability 

RL2 Remote/Local Complete Capability 

PPO Parallel Poll No Capability 

DCO Device Clear No Capability 

DTO Device Trigger No Capability 

CO Controller No Capability 

Hardware Interface 

A standard IEEE-488 interface cable can be used to connect the GT 9000 to a controller. The 

24-pin interface connector, located on the rear panel of the GT 9000, has the following pin 

assignments: 

Table 2-3. Interface Connector Pin Assignments 

Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal 

1 D101 9 IFC 17 REN 

2 D102 10 SRQ 18 GND (6) 

3 D103 11 ATN 19 GND (7) 

4 D104 12 Shield 20 GND (8) 

5 EO1 13 D105 21 GND (9) 

6 DAV 14 D106 22 GND (10) 

7 NRFD 15 D107 23 GND (11) 

8 NDAC 16 D108 24 GND Logic 



Address Assignment 

The remote control address is assigned from the front panel of the instrument (see ADRS in 

Section 2.2.3). The available range of addresses is 0 through 30. 

Command Interpretation 

The GT 9000 uses a 40-character buffer to accept and store characters sent to it through the 

interface. Spaces are ignored. The buffer contents are interpreted and the buffer is reset upon 

receipt of a character sent with the EOI line asserted or upon receipt of any of the following 

delimiter characters: 

< CR > < LF > , : ; / \ 

Multiple commands can be sent in a single message if they are separated from each other by a 

space or one of the delimiter characters. Each command will be interpreted individually upon 

receipt. If spaces are used to separate commands, care must be taken to assure that the 

40-character buffer does not overflow. Buffer overflow can cause some commands to be ignored. 


Operation 

2.4 GT 9000 Syntax 

The GT 9000 can accept commands from a remote controller over the IEEE-488 interface. The 

default GT 9000 syntax emulates the HP 8340. A separate syntax is available which emulates 

the Giga-tronics 1026. If you select the 1026 syntax (using the GT command), you can recall 

the default syntax later by sending the HP command. 

The GT 9000 syntax is designed to make Model GT 9000 a compatible substitute for the 

HP 8340 in most remote-control operations. However, differences between the GT 9000 and the 

8340 require some alteration of the 8340 command set: new commands are added, some 

existing commands differ slightly from their usual function when they are applied to Model 

GT 9000, and some existing commands are unsupported. See the command descriptions in 

Table 2-4 for the Giga-tronics implementation of these commands. 

Commands in the GT 9000 syntax are represented in this manual by upper case letters. Some 

commands are followed by one or more lower case letters. These letters are interpreted as 

follows: 

a 

b 

d 

h 

n 

t 

Indicates that alphanumeric characters are expected. 

Indicates that one or more 8-bit bytes (entered in binary form) are expected. 

Indicates that a decimal number is expected. Decimal numbers can be signed. 

Exponents may be indicated by an E; thus, +4.5E-6 represents 4.5 × 10 -6 . 

Indicates that a hexadecimal number is expected. 

Indicates that a single digit (0-9) is expected. 

Indicates that a terminator is expected. Usually, codes which specify units are used as 

terminators. The codes are Hz (Hz), KZ (kHz), MZ (MHz), GZ (GHz), DB (dB), DM 

(dBm), S (seconds), MS (ms), and US (µs). Alternatively, a comma or line feed can 

be used as a terminator; this causes the instrument to scale the corresponding function 

to the fundamental units of Hz, dB, dBm, or seconds. 

The absence of lower case letters in a command indicates that the command is complete as 

shown, and requires no variables. 

The commands of the GT 9000 syntax are described in Table 2-4. Commands which are 

identical with existing HP 8340 commands are shown in bold print; all other commands are 

either modified or invented for application to the Model GT 9000. 



Table 2-4. GT 9000 Syntax Commands 

Code Operation Example Notes 

A1 leveling mode, internal A1 Select the internal ALC mode. 

A2 leveling mode, external A2 Select the external ALC mode (with a 

negative detector). 

A3 leveling mode, power meter A3 Select the external ALC mode (with a 

power meter). 

AC0 AM correction off These commands are used for diagnostic purposes only 

AC1 AM correction on 

AD d AM depth AD40 Set the AM depth to 40%. 

AF0 Fast always off AF0 Set all YIG drivers to the SLOW mode. 

AF1 Fast always on AF1 Set all YIG drivers to the FAST mode. 

AM0 AM off AM0 Deactivate amplitude modulation or linear 

AM (Opt. 27). 

AM1 AM ext on AM1 Activate external amplitude modulation or 

external linear AM (Opt. 27). 

AM2 AM int sine on AM2 Activate internal AM (Opt. 24) or internal 

linear AM (Opts. 24 & 27), with a sine wave. 

AM3 AM int square on AM3 Activate internal AM (Opt. 24) or internal 

linear AM (Opts. 24 & 27), with a square 

wave. 

AM4 AM int tri on AM4 Activate internal AM (Opt. 24) or internal 

linear AM (Opts. 24 & 27), with a triangle 

wave. 

AMF0 AMF (linear AM) off AMF0 Deactivate linear AM (Opt. 27). 

AMF1 AMF ext on AMF1 Activate external linear AM (Opt. 27). 

AMF2 AMF sine on AMF2 Activate internal linear AM, with a sine 

wave (Opt. 27). 

AMF3 AMF square on AMF3 Activate internal linear AM, with a square 


AMF4 AMF tri on AMF4 Activate internal linear AM, with a triangle 


AR d t AM int rate AR400HZ Set the internal AM rate to 400 Hz (Opt. 24). 

AT d t set attenuator independently of level 

control, in 10 dB increments 

AT80DB 

Set the attenuator to 80 dB (the attenuator 

must first be uncoupled from the level 

control system by means of the SHSL 

command) 

CB h clear bit These commands are used for diagnostic purposes only 

CC0 freq. correction off 

CC1 freq. correction on 

CS clear both status bytes CS Clear the 16-bit status bytes used for 

output status. 

CW d t CW freq CW2.4GZ Set the CW frequency to 2.4 GHz. 

DN down step DN Equivalent to pressing the DOWN key, to 

decrement the parameter that was last set. 

DU 0 display update off DU0 Blank the front panel display. 

DU 1 display update on DU1 Show and update the front panel display. 

EF entry display off EF Deactivate the entry display, digi-dial, & 

up/down arrow keys. 

EK enable knob EK Allow the front panel digi-dial to be active 

during remote control operation. 

FD d t FM deviation FD2MZ Set the FM deviation to 2 MHz. 

FM 0 FM off FM0 Deactivate frequency modulation. 

FM 1 FM ext on FM1 Activate external frequency modulation. 


Operation 


FM 2 FM int sine on FM2 Activate internal FM (Opt. 24), with a sine 

wave. 

FM 3 FM int square on FM3 Activate internal FM (Opt. 24), with a square 

wave. 

FM 4 FM int tri on FM4 Activate internal FM (Opt. 24), with a 

triangle wave. 

FR d t FM int rate FR50KZ Set the internal FM rate to 50 kHz (Opt. 24). 

GT Giga-tronics 1026 syntax GT Select the 1026 syntax for the remote 

interface (use the HP command to return to 

the GT 9000 syntax, which emulates an HP 

8340). 

IF increment frequency IF Raise the CW frequency by the minimum 

resolvable step. 

IP instrument preset IP Simulates pressing SHIFT RESET; leaves 

the digi-dial disabled; disables the NSR 

command if currently enabled. 

KK a virtual keystroke (front panel) KK02 Simulates pressing the front panel FREQ key 

(see Table 2-5 following this command list). 

KR keyboard release KR Not applicable to this model. 

LC 0 level correction off These commands are used for diagnostic purposes only 

LC 1 level correction on 

MA h memory address set 

NM next modulation, FM NM Toggle between the available FM modes. 

NSR never say remote NSR Activates the front panel controls and 

displays; the instrument accepts commands 

via the front panel controls AND the remote 

control bus. 

KK a virtual keystroke (front panel) KK02 Simulates pressing the front panel FREQ key 

(see Table 2-5 following this command list). 

KR keyboard release KR Not applicable to this model. 

LC 0 level correction off These commands are used for diagnostic purposes only 

LC 1 level correction on 

MA h memory address set 

NM next modulation, FM NM Toggle between the available FM modes. 

NSR never say remote NSR Activates the front panel controls and 

displays; the instrument accepts commands 

via the front panel controls AND the remote 

control bus. 

O etc. output commands (suffixes in 

parentheses indicate format of output 

data) 

listed below Send data to the controller, specifying 

current parameters in fundamental units of 

Hz, dB(m), or seconds. 

OA (d) output active param OA Send the parameter that was last changed. 

OD (5a) 

OGI 

output diagnostic characters 

(you must first run self test; 

see command SHM4) 

output Giga-tronics 

identification (not an output 

command; see notes) 

OD 

OGI 

Send 5 diagnostic ASCII characters; each is 

either 0 for unlocked/unleveled or 1 for 

locked/leveled. The characters in order (from 

the left) represent (1) the output PLL, (2) the 

reference PLL, (3) the fixed L.O. PLL, (4) 

the 100 MHz PLL, and (5) Automatic Level 

Control. 

Changes the information sent 

in response to an OI command 

(example: GT 9000 2-20.1 GHz 

VER. B144 2/1/1994 SN74015). 

OI (19a) output identification OI Send HP8430/8341. 

OM (8b) output mode data This command is not supported 

OPAS (d) output status string OPAS Send the status string. 

OPCW (d) output CW freq OPCW Send the CW frequency. 

OPPL (d) output power OPPL Send the output power level. 




OPTC (d) output temp cal pmtr (This command is used for diagnostic purposes only.) 

OR (d) output power level OR Send the output power level. 

OS (2b) output status bytes (This command is not supported.) 

PL d t power level PL-5.1DM Set the output level to -5.1 dBm. 

PM 0 PM off PM0 Deactivate pulse modulation. 

PM 1 PM ext + on PM1 Activate pulse modulation, external pulse 

positive true. 

PM 2 PM int on PM2 Activate internal pulse modulation. 

PM 3 PM ext - on PM3 Activate pulse modulation, external pulse 

negative true. 

PM 4 PM trig + on PM4 Activate pulse modulation, external 

rising edge trigger. 

PM 5 PM trig - on PM5 Activate pulse modulation, external falling 

edge trigger. 

PR d t PM int rate PR50KZ Activate internal pulse modulation; set the 

rate to 50 kHz. 

PW d t PM int width PW1US Activate internal pulse modulation; set the 

width to 1 µs. 

PY d t PM int delay PY.1US Activate internal pulse modulation; set the 

delay to .1 µs. 

RC n recall front panel setup RC6 Recall the front panel setup stored at 

memory location 6. 

RF 0 RF off RF0 Deactivate/activate the RF output. 

RF 1 RF on RF1 

RFD0 RF ON @ Freq Cng off RFD0 Deactivate/activate Special Function 21 (RF 

RFD1 RF ON @ Freq Cng on RFD1 

on at frequency change); this function causes 

the RF output to remain on during frequency 

changes (band changes and filter changes 

excepted). 

SB h set bit This command is used for diagnostic purposes only 

SC0 scan off SC0 Deactivate scan modulation or variable 

attenuation (Opt. 27). 

SC1 scan ext on SC1 Activate external scan modulation (Opt. 27). 

SC2 scan sine on SC2 Activate internal scan modulation (Opts. 24 

& 27), with a sine wave. 

SC3 scan square on SC3 Activate internal scan modulation (Opts. 24 

& 27), with a square wave. 

SC4 scan triangle on SC4 Activate internal scan modulation (Opts. 24 

& 27), with a triangle wave. 

SC5 variable attenuation on SC5 Activate variable attenuation 

(Opt. 27). 

SD d t internal scan modulation or variable 

attenuation depth 

SD-20DB Set depth for scan modulation or variable 

attenuation (Opt. 27) to 

-20 dBm. 

SF d t freq resolution increment SF1KZ Set the CW frequency resolution to 1 kHz. 

SHA1 unleveled SHA1 Select the unleveled mode (disable automatic 

level control). 

SHCW d t CW resolution increment SHCW1KZ Set the CW frequency resolution to 1 kHz. 

SHM4 d t self test SHM410MZ Run the instrument self test program in 

10 MHz steps and display the results. 

SHM5 turn off diagnostics This command is not supported 

SHPL d t set power level step SHPL3DB Set the level resolution to 3 dB. 

SHPM 8757A mode (ext PM on) SHPM Activate external PM (for use with Model 

8757A). 

SHPS d t 

uncouple attenuator & ALC; set 

attenuator in 10 dB increments 

SHPS40DB 

Uncouple the attenuator from the level 

control system; set the attenuator to 40 dB. 


Operation 


SHRF d t unleveled SHRF Select the unleveled mode (disable automatic 

level control). 

SHS1 0 displays not blanked SHS10 Deactivate/activate the blanking of front 

SHS1 1 displays blanked SHS11 

panel displays. 

SHSL d t uncouple attenuator & ALC; set 

attenuator in 10 dB increments 

SHSL10DB Uncouple the attenuator from the level 

control system; set the attenuator to 10 dB. 

SP d t power resolution SP1DB Set the power resolution to 1 dB. 

SR d t internal scan mod. rate SR2KZ Set the internal scan modulation rate to 

2 kHz (Opts. 24 & 27). 

SV n save instrument state SV4 Store the current front panel setup in 

memory location 4. 

UN 0 unlocked mode off UN0 Disable/enable the unlocked mode (in 

UN 1 unlocked mode on UN1 

unlocked mode, the output phase lock loop is 

disabled). 

UP up step UP Equivalent to pressing the UP key, to 

increment the parameter that was last set. 

WR h write data This command is used for diagnostic purposes only 



2.4.1 GT 9000 Syntax Virtual Keystrokes 

These commands simulate pressing keys on the front panel. Command sequences must begin 

with KK. Codes intended to represent shifted keys must be preceded by the code 82. The 

sample command sequence of KK 82 D0 02 D2 DC is equivalent to pressing [SHIFT] [0] (reset) 

[CW] [2] [GHz/dBm]. This sequence resets the instrument and sets a CW frequency of 2 GHz. 

Key functions shown in bold type are pseudo-keys; they do not represent actual front panel 

keys, but they are needed to insure that certain front panel functions (scroll, and mode) are reset 

to their initial state before other keystrokes modify them. 

Table 2-5. GT 9000 Virtual Keystrokes 

Virtual Keystrokes ( KK Command) in GT 9000 Syntax 

Code Key Shifted Key Code Key Shifted Key 

00 90 OFF 

01 91 ON 

02 FREQ 92 MODE 

10 93 SCROLL 

11 94 MODE 0 

20 95 SCROLL 0 

21 A0 UP 

22 A1 DOWN 

23 C0 RESOLUTION 

24 D0 0 RESET 

30 D1 1 TEST 

31 D2 2 ATTEN 

32 D3 3 ALT 

33 D4 4 OFFSET 

40 LEVEL MAX D5 5 MULT 

50 PM D6 6 ALC 

51 AM D7 7 SPECIAL 

52 FM NARROW D8 8 

60 D9 9 

61 DA DOT LOCAL 

62 DB MINUS ADRS 

63 DC, GHz/ns/dBm 

70 RECALL STORE DD, MHz/µs 

80 RF ON/OFF DE, kHz/ms 

81 ENTRY DF Hz/s/% 

82 SHIFT E0 Display 0 

E1 

Display 


Operation 

2.5 1026 Syntax Interface 

In addition to the default GT 9000 syntax, Model GT 9000 can also be remotely controlled 

using the 1026 syntax (Giga-tronics 1026 emulation), as described below. This syntax is 

selected by sending the command GT (the HP command is used to return to the GT 9000 

syntax). 

2.5.1 Character Representation 

Command names are represented in capital letters. Small letters are used for special characters, 

as shown in the table below: 

Table 2-6. Character Representations 

Shown as 

Interpreted as 

(cr) carriage return 

(lf) line feed 

s one space 

z zero or more spaces 

b one or more spaces 

a alphabetic character 

d one decimal digit 

n numeric argument (see Section 2.5.2) 

2.5.2 Command Format 

The standard command format consists of a verb, followed by zero or more spaces, followed by 

an argument. In the command GENzFIXED, GEN is the verb and FIXED is the argument. In a 

few cases, the argument is omitted (the GT command, for example). Sometimes the argument 

consists of a number. In the command FAz12.3E+3, FA is the verb and 12.3E+3 is the 

argument. 

Numeric arguments are used in the frequency and level setting commands, and are represented 

in command descriptions by a lower case n. The format for numeric arguments is sufficiently 

flexible that no special formatting will be needed when using most IEEE-488 controllers. 

Signed or unsigned numbers are acceptable. Integers or decimal fractions are permitted and can 

be followed by a signed or unsigned one or two digit exponent. Leading zeros are permitted, but 

spaces within a number are not permitted. The integer and optional fractional part are each 

restricted to a maximum length of 10 digits. Table 2-7 lists examples of valid numeric 

arguments: 

Table 2-7. Command Format Translation 

Entered as 

Interpreted as 

_25.7 25.7 

_7_ 7 

-32.1 -32.1 

2.6E-6 2.6 × 10 -6 

6E-10 6 × 10 -10 

-000.145E+9 -0.145 × 10 9 

1E6 1 × 10 6 



2.5.3 Commands 

The remote commands used in the 1026 syntax are listed in Table 2-8. In the case of a 

command requiring a numeric argument, the acceptable range of values is determined by the 

specifications of the instrument. For example, it is not permitted to specify a frequency outside 

of the range of the instrument. 

Table 2-8. 1026 Syntax Commands 

Command 

AF0 

AF1 

DISP0 

DISP1 

EXTALCzOFF 

EXTALCzON 

FAzn 

HP 

LCO 

LC1 

LEVELzn 

LVLCRSzn 

LVLFNEzn 

MODzAM 

MODzCONTzOFF 

MODzCONTzSCAN 

MODzCONTzAM 

MODzDESCRzEXT+ 

MODzDESCRzEXT- 

MODzDESCRzOFF 

MODzDESCRzPULSE 

MODzDESCRzSQR 

MODzEXT+ 

MODzEXT- 

MODzOFF 

MODzPULSE 

MODzSQR 

NSR 

PULSEzEXT 

PULSEzOFF 

SENDzFREQ 

SENDzPOWER 

SENDzSTATUS 

UNz1 

Description 

fast always off 

fast always on 

displays off 

displays on 

disable external automatic level control 

enable external automatic level control 

set FA (RF output frequency) to n MHz 

select GT 9000 syntax (use GT command to return to the present syntax) 

level correction off 

level correction on 

set output level to n dBm (entry resolution .1 dB) 

set attenuator to n dB, independently of leveling loop (entry resolution: 10 dB steps); 

output level is the sum of LVLCRS & LVLFNE arguments 

set leveling loop to n dB, independently of attenuator (entry resolution: 

.1 dB); output level is the sum of LVLCRS & LVLFNE arguments 

external amplitude modulation 

AM/scan modulation off 

scan modulation on 

external AM on 

external pulse modulation, rising-edge triggered 

external pulse modulation, falling-edge triggered 

pulse modulation off 

internal pulse modulation 

internal pulse modulation, 50% duty cycle 

external pulse modulation, positive trigger 

external pulse modulation, negative trigger 

modulation off 

internal pulse modulation, 1 kHz rate, 1 µs width 

internal square wave modulation, 1kHz rate 

never say remote (activates front panel controls and displays; instrument accepts 

commands via front panel controls AND remote control bus) 

external pulse modulation, positive trigger 

pulse modulation off 

send data to controller, specifying current output frequency or measured frequency 

send data to controller, specifying current output power or measured power 

send data to controller, specifying current lock and level status 

unlocked mode on 


3 

Theory of Operation 


This chapter contains the theory of operation of the assemblies in the GT 9000 Microwave 

Synthesizer. The General Circuit Theory in Section 3.2 describes the circuit operation on a 

block diagram level. The Assembly Circuit Descriptions in Section 3.3 are at component level. 

3.2 General Circuit Theory 

The interior of the GT 9000 is divided into five main sections as illustrated in the top-view 

diagram in Figure 3-1. 

• The PC assemblies in the I/O bus control the frequency of the RF output, including YIG 

driver circuits and phase lock loop circuits. 

• The PC assemblies in the CPU bus make up the internal computer and peripheral circuits to 

control the level and modulation of the RF output. 

• The microwave deck houses the microwave-frequency devices. The YIG oscillators are 

mounted on the underside of the microwave deck. In instruments which include the 

downconverter range (below 2 GHz), a downconverter module is mounted on top of the RF 

module. 

• The power supply furnishes DC voltages to the various circuits. It is contained in a metal 

housing behind the front panel. 

• The AC power input and fuse are located in the space between the CPU bus and the rear 

panel. The instrument timebase is also located there. 

Figure 3-1. Internal Chassis Layout 



3.2.1 The Computer 

Model GT 9000 is controlled by an internal microcomputer based on the 68000 microprocessor 

running at 8 MHz. The microprocessor controls and communicates with other circuits by means 

of a data bus system and a series of latches. This system along with the various memory devices 

will be referred to collectively as the computer (see Figure 3-2). 

The standard memory package includes a memory board and front panel interface board holding 

128K of RAM and 192K of ROM. Expansion sockets provide room to add additional RAM or 

ROM. The configuration ROM (located on the A1 PC board) is programmed with initialization 

data, correction data for the leveling control system, and other information unique to the 

individual instrument. 

The computer generates and receives digital information required for operation of almost every 

instrument function. In this respect, it 

• receives and interprets the commands through either the front panel pushbuttons or the remote 

interface. 

• returns information to the operator through either the front panel displays or the remote 

interface. 

• selects appropriate reference frequencies and intermediate frequencies in order to generate the 

RF output. 

• activates and tunes the appropriate YIG oscillators. 

• selects appropriate filter lines, detectors, and RF paths for a given frequency. 

• controls the power level and modulation of the output. 

• monitors the functioning of the instrument and supplies error messages and fault indications 

to the operator. 

Figure 3-2. The computer 



3.2.2 The RF Path 

The path of transmission between the output of the fundamental YIG oscillator and the output of 

the instrument includes circuits which perform such functions as RF coupling, leveling, 

switching, and filtering. Keeping this RF path as simple and compact as possible with a 

minimum of cabling and interconnections is highly desirable because it minimizes power loss 

while improving performance and reliability. In the GT 9000, most of the RF path and its 

circuits are incorporated into a single module. The circuits which perform path switching, 

filtering, coupling, amplification, pulse modulation, and level control for the fundamental 

outputs of the YIG oscillators are housed within this module. In instruments which include the 

downconverter band (up to 2 GHz), a separate module is installed. This module includes the 

mixer and frequency dividers to generate low frequencies, together with the circuits which 

amplify, modulate, and control the level of these frequencies. 

3.2.3 Phase Lock Loops 

The purpose of a phase lock loop is to control the frequency of a variable oscillator to give it 

the same accuracy and stability as a fixed reference oscillator. The PLL works by comparing 

two frequency inputs, one fixed and one variable, and supplying a correction signal to the 

variable oscillator to reduce the difference between the two inputs (see Figure 3-3). 

For example, a 10 MHz source with a stability of 1 x 10 -6 /year is to transfer that stability to a 

voltage controlled oscillator (VCO). The 10 MHz source is applied to the reference input of a 

phase lock loop circuit. The signal from the VCO is applied to the variable input. A phase 

detector in the PLL compares the two inputs and determines whether the variable input 

waveform is leading or lagging the reference. The phase detector has two outputs; pulses will 

appear at one of them (which one depends on whether the variable is leading or lagging), and 

the width of the pulses is proportional to the degree of phase difference. The pulses are 

averaged by a low pass filter and DC amplifier into a correction signal, which (depending on 

polarity) causes the VCO to increase or decrease in frequency to reduce the phase difference. 

When the two inputs match, the loop is locked and the variable input from the VCO then equals 

the reference input in phase, frequency, accuracy and stability. 

Figure 3-3. Phase lock loop circuit 

The preceding description implies that the two oscillators must be of equal frequency, but that is 

not the case in practical applications. Usually, a prescaler (frequency divider) is introduced 

between the output of the variable oscillator and the variable input to the PLL. The circuit can 

then control a frequency that is an exact multiple of the reference. If a divide-by-two circuit is 



used, the variable oscillator can be twice the frequency of the reference and still be 

phase-locked to it and the variable oscillator acquires the stability of the reference without 

equaling its frequency. A 100 MHz VCO can be controlled by a PLL using a 10 MHz reference, 

provided a divide-by-ten circuit intervenes between the VCO output and the variable input to 

the PLL. Then both inputs to the phase detector will be 10 MHz when the loop is locked (see 

Figure 3-4). 

Figure 3-4. Phase lock loop circuit, with prescaler 

If the prescaler is a programmable divider, a number of different frequencies can be 

phase-locked to the same reference, with the limitation that all must be exact multiples of that 

reference. One of the PLLs employed in this instrument, for example, has a divide-by-N circuit 

that can be programmed with 300 different integer divisors; therefore it can phase-lock 300 

different frequencies to the same reference. 

The phase lock loops used in Giga-tronics instruments employ integrated circuit phase 

detectors, with external filter components and amplifiers designed to minimize the sidebands, 

which the output pulses of the phase detector tend to contribute to the variable frequency. 



3.2.4 Dual-Loop Indirect Synthesis 

The output of a synthesized signal generator is phase-locked to a stable reference signal, such as 

that produced by a crystal oscillator to give the generator output the stability and accuracy of 

the reference. However, this can be difficult to achieve in broad-band generators. 

Giga-tronics employs a dual-loop synthesis technique to produce stable and spectrally pure 

frequencies over a wide frequency range. The two loops are (1) the output loop, which 

phase-locks the synthesizer output frequency to a reference frequency, and (2) the reference 

loop, which phase-locks the reference frequency to the timebase. The timebase or master 

reference is a highly stable 10 MHz source built into the instrument. An external source can be 

easily substituted for it at the option of the user (see Figure 3-5). 

Figure 3-5. The output loop 



3.2.5 The Output Loop 

Up to three fundamental YIG oscillators are needed to generate the RF output. The ranges of the 

individual YIGs are 2 to 8 GHz, 8 to 20 GHz, and 20 to 26.5 GHz. Frequencies up to 2 GHz are 

produced by downconversion (mixing and/or dividing the outputs of two oscillators to obtain an 

intermediate frequency). The frequency of a YIG oscillator is controlled by means of (1) its 

tuning coil and (2) its FM coil. 

The tuning coil is used for coarse tuning under the direct control of the computer. The computer 

sends digital data to the YIG driver circuit, where a digital-to-analog converter and an amplifier 

turn this data into a controlled current supply to the YIG tuning coil. In this way the oscillator 

can be tuned to within about 10 MHz of the desired output frequency. 

The FM coil is used for fine tuning of the oscillator under the control of the output phase lock 

loop circuit. The output PLL controls the current through the FM coil in order to phase-lock the 

YIG to the PLL reference frequency. 

When the operator selects an output frequency, the computer selects the appropriate YIG 

oscillator and (using the tuning coil) coarse-tunes it to within about 10 MHz of the desired 

output. The signal produced by this YIG will, at some point in the RF path, pass through a 

coupler which will return a sample of it to the reference mixer. 

The other input to the reference mixer is not generated within the output loop; it comes from 

the reference loop, and is generated by the 1.9 to 8.7 GHz YIG (the reference YIG). This 

reference frequency is selected by the computer and is 95 to 395 MHz lower than the frequency 

of the output YIG. The IF output of the reference mixer is equal to this difference between 

reference and output frequencies (in other words, the IF output has a range of 95 to 395 MHz). 

The output loop requires a 1 MHz signal from the divide-by-N circuit regardless of the output 

frequency, because the output loop phase detector compares the output of the divide-by-N with 

a timebase-derived 1 MHz reference. Therefore, the divide-by-N must be programmed so as to 

divide the mixer IF down to 1 MHz (the range of divisors for this circuit is 95 to 395). The 

divisor (N) selected by the computer is equal to the mixer IF, in MHz. If the mixer IF is 

195 MHz, N is set to 195. The 195 MHz IF is divided by 195 and a 1 MHz quotient results. The 

output PLL then compares its two 1 MHz inputs, and adjusts the current in the FM coil of the 

output YIG oscillator in order to achieve and maintain phase lock. 

For example, if the user requests a 3000 MHz RF output, the computer selects the 2 to 8 GHz 

YIG and tunes it to 3000 MHz, but only roughly (the YIG could, at this point, be generating 

2994 or 3003 MHz, for example). At the same time, the computer selects the appropriate 

reference frequency (in this case 2905 MHz) and the appropriate divisor for the divide-by-N 

circuit (in this case 95, since there is a 95 MHz difference between the two loops). 

A sample of the output frequency is furnished to the reference mixer by means of a coupler in 

the RF path. The other input to the mixer is the 2905 MHz reference frequency. The mixer 

produces an IF equal to the difference between the reference and output frequencies. The 

divide-by-N circuit, as programmed by the computer, divides this IF by 95 and supplies the 

result to the output phase lock loop. 

However, since the output oscillator is not precisely tuned to 3000 MHz, the two loops will not 

be precisely 95 MHz apart, the mixer IF will not be precisely 95 MHz, and the result of 

dividing the IF by 95 will not be precisely 1 MHz. The output phase lock loop must correct the 

error. 



Comparing the output from the divide-by-N circuit to an exact 1 MHz signal (derived from the 

timebase), the output PLL determines whether the mixer IF, and therefore the output loop (since 

the reference loop is assumed to be correct) is too high or too low in frequency, and sends to 

the output YIG FM coil whatever correction is needed to reduce the error. In this way the output 

frequency can be fine-tuned to 3000 MHz, with the result that the mixer IF becomes precisely 

95 MHz, the divide-by-N (programmed with a divisor of 95) supplies a precise 1 MHz input to 

the output PLL, and phase lock is achieved. 



3.2.6 The Reference Loop 

The operation of the output loop requires a stable reference frequency that is relatively close to 

the RF output frequency (the limitations of the divide-by-N circuit demand that the difference 

between the two loops be no greater than 395 MHz). Therefore, the reference loop must 

accomplish the task of generating a broad range of frequencies and locking them to a single 

timebase. 

Figure 3-6. The reference loop 

The heart of the reference loop is the step recovery diode multiplier, which is located within the 

sampling mixer module. This circuit generates multiple harmonics of the signal that is applied 

to it by the 100 MHz VCXO. Even frequencies as high as 8700 MHz (the 87th harmonic) are 

generated at useful amplitudes; this permits mixing of the desired harmonic with the microwave 

signal produced by the reference oscillator. 

Since these harmonics generated by the multiplier are all based on the 100 MHz VCXO, they 

have the same stability as the VCXO. Since the 100 MHz VCXO is phase-locked to the master 

reference, these harmonics have the same stability as the master reference. The 100 MHz VCXO 

is controlled by the 100 MHz PLL circuit, which compares the 10 MHz master reference to the 

output of the VCXO (suitably divided by ten) and sends a correction signal to the VCXO to 

maintain phase lock. The harmonics generated by the multiplier thus have not only the stability 

and accuracy of the master reference, but also the superior phase noise characteristics of the 

VCXO. By phase-locking the reference loop to one of the harmonics, it is possible to impart 

these desirable characteristics to the reference frequency as well. 



The reference frequencies selected by the computer are always slightly offset from a multiple of 

100 MHz. This offset is equal to either 5 MHz, or 1.667 MHz (which is 5 MHz divided by 

three). For example, a reference frequency of 2705 MHz is the 27th harmonic of 100 MHz, plus 

an offset of 5 MHz; the sampler would mix 2705 MHz with 2700 MHz (the 27th harmonic of 

100 MHz) to yield a 5 MHz IF. If the reference frequency were 7601.667 MHz, the sampler 

would mix it with 7600 MHz to yield a 1.667 MHz IF. The 5 MHz or 1.667 MHz IF (following 

amplification and filtering) is supplied to the reference phase lock loop, which compares the IF 

to a timebase-derived reference and sends to the reference YIG FM coil whatever correction 

signal is needed to maintain phase lock. As with the output YIG, the 1.9 to 8.7 Reference YIG 

has a tuning coil for coarse tuning under the direct control of the computer, and an FM coil for 

fine tuning under the control of the reference PLL. 

The reference loop operates in virtually the same way for any reference frequency. What varies 

is the harmonic used and the size of the offset (5 MHz or 1.667 MHz). The sampling mixer is 

not actually capable of choosing harmonics; its IF output includes many intermodulation 

products, but these higher frequencies are excluded by a low-pass filter on the sampling mixer 

output. Only an IF in the desired range can pass through to the phase detector of the reference 

loop. 

The choice of a 5 MHz or 1.667 MHz offset is determined by the output frequency. The 

1.667 MHz offset is used when the frequency of the output oscillator exceeds the range of the 

reference oscillator. For example, an output frequency of 15000 MHz is well outside the range 

of the reference oscillator. In this case the reference frequency is set to 4901.667. The third 

harmonic of that frequency, 14705, is only 295 MHz lower than the output frequency; the 

reference mixer produces a 295 MHz IF based on the difference between the output frequency 

and the third harmonic of the reference frequency. This kind of third-harmonic mixing is 

required at output frequencies above 8000 MHz and also at down-converted frequencies from 

495 to 1999 MHz. It has no effect on the reference loop, except that the timebase must be 

divided differently in order to provide a 1.667 MHz reference to the reference PLL phase 

detector. Reference frequencies (f REF ) for all output frequencies (f OUT ) are shown in Table 3-1. 



Table 3-1. Output & Reference Frequencies (in MHz) 

f out f ref f out f ref f out f ref 

10-48 2601.667 1150-1174 4505 2000 (see note) 

49-123 2701.667 1175-1199 4605 2001-2099 1905 

124-198 2801.667 1200-1224 4705 2100-2199 2005 

199-273 2901.667 1225-1249 4805 2200-2299 2105 

274-348 3001.667 1250-1274 4905 2300-2399 2205 

349-423 3101.667 1275-1299 5005 2400-2499 2305 

424-498 3201.667 1300-1324 5105 2500-2599 2405 

499 3301.667 1325-1349 5205 2600-2699 2505 

500-524 1905 1350-1374 5305 2700-2799 2605 

525-549 2005 1375-1399 5405 2800-2899 2705 

550-574 2105 1400-1424 5505 2900-2999 2805 

575-599 2205 1425-1449 5605 3000-3099 2905 

600-624 2305 1450-1474 5705 3100-3199 3005 

625-649 2405 1475-1499 5805 3200-3299 3105 

650-674 2505 1500-1524 5905 3300-3399 3205 

675-699 2605 1525-1549 6005 3400-3499 3305 

700-724 2705 1550-1574 6105 3500-3599 3405 

725-749 2805 1575-1599 6205 3600-3699 3505 

750-774 2905 1600-1624 6305 3700-3799 3605 

775-799 3005 1625-1649 6405 3800-3899 3705 

800-824 3105 1650-1674 6505 3900-3999 3805 

825-849 3205 1675-1699 6605 4000-4099 3905 

850-874 3305 1700-1724 6705 4100-4199 4005 

875-899 3405 1725-1749 6805 4200-4299 4105 

900-924 3505 1750-1774 6905 4300-4399 4205 

925-949 3605 1775-1799 7005 4400-4499 4305 

950-974 3705 1800-1824 7105 4500-4599 4405 

975-999 3805 1825-1849 7205 4600-4699 4505 

1000-1024 3905 1850-1874 7305 4700-4799 4605 

1025-1049 4005 1875-1899 7405 4800-4899 4705 

1050-1074 4105 1900-1924 7505 4900-4999 4805 

1075-1099 4205 1925-1949 7605 5000-5099 4905 

1100-1124 4305 1950-1974 7705 5100-5199 5005 

1125-1149 4405 1975-1999 7805 5200-5299 5105 

5300-5399 5205 7700-7799 7605 13600-13899 4501.667 

5400-5499 5305 7800-7899 7705 13900-14199 4601.667 

5500-5599 5405 7900-7999 7805 14200-14499 4701.667 

5600-5699 5505 8000-8199 2601.667 14500-14799 4801.667 

5700-5799 5605 8200-8499 2701.667 14800-15099 4901.667 

5800-5899 5705 8500-8799 2801.667 15100-15399 5001.667 

5900-5999 5805 8800-9099 2901.667 15400-15699 5101.667 

6000-6099 5905 9100-9399 3001.667 15700-15999 5201.667 

6100-6199 6005 9400-9699 3101.667 16000-16299 5301.667 

6200-6299 6105 9700-9999 3201.667 16300-16599 5401.667 

6300-6399 6205 10000-10299 3301.667 16600-16899 5501.667 

6400-6499 6305 10300-10599 3401.667 16900-17199 5601.667 

6500-6599 6405 10600-10899 3501.667 17200-17499 5701.667 

6600-6699 6505 10900-11199 3601.667 17500-17799 5801.667 

6700-6799 6605 11200-11499 3701.667 17800-18099 5901.667 

6800-6899 6705 11500-11799 3801.667 18100-18399 6001.667 

6900-6999 6805 11800-12099 3901.667 18400-18699 6201.667 



f out f ref f out f ref f out f ref 

7000-7099 6905 12100-11499 3701.667 18700-18999 6201.667 

7100-7199 7005 11500-11799 3801.667 19000-19299 6301.667 

7200-7299 7105 11800-12099 3901.667 19300-19599 6401.667 

7300-7399 7205 12100-12399 4001.667 19600-19899 6501.667 

7400-7499 7305 12400-12699 4101.667 19900-20000 6601.667 

7500-7599 7405 12700-12999 4201.667 

7600-7699 7505 13000-13299 4301.667 

At 2000 MHz, the reference frequency is 7905 for instruments which include the downconverter 

range (


3.2.7 The Downconverter 

Frequencies up to 2000 MHz are generated within the downconverter module. The 10 to 

2000 MHz range of the downconverter spans more than seven octaves; in order to accommodate 

changes in component frequency response across so wide a range, the module is divided into 

multiple paths. 

Frequencies in the range of 875 to 2000 MHz are generated as follows. The output of the 2 to 

8 GHz YIG, tuned to a frequency in the range of 3500 to 8000 MHz, is applied (through a 

switch) to a Divide-by-4 circuit. The Output PLL locks the YIG output to a frequency which is 

four times higher than the desired output. 

Frequencies in the range of 500 to 875 MHz are generated in almost exactly the same way, 

except that a different Divide-by-4 circuit (with a lower input range) is used. In this band, the 

YIG is tuned by the Output PLL to a frequency in the range of 2000 to 3500 MHz, and the 

divider reduces it to the desired output frequency. 

Figure 3-7. Downconverter module 

Frequencies in the range of 10 to 500 MHz are generated by downconversion (that is, by mixing 

two high-frequency signals in order to obtain an intermediate frequency in a lower range). In 

this band, the 2 to 8 GHz YIG is locked on 8005 MHz. The 8 to 20 GHz YIG is locked on a 

frequency in the 8045 to 10005 MHz range (this frequency is set higher than 8005 by an 



amount equal to the desired output frequency). These two signals are applied to a mixer. The IF 

output of the mixer (which equals the difference between the two inputs, and has a range of 40 

to 2000 MHz) is applied to the second Divide-by-4 circuit, which reduces it to an output in the 

range of 10 to 500 MHz. Because two YIG oscillators are required for downconversion, two 

PLL circuits are needed. The 8 to 20 GHz YIG is tuned by the Output PLL circuit, and the 2 to 

8 GHz YIG (which generates a fixed 8005 MHz output) is tuned by the Downconverter PLL 

circuit. Feedback coupled from the 2 to 8 GHz YIG output is applied to a sampling mixer, and 

combined with a timebase-derived 8000 MHz harmonic to produce a 5 MHz IF, which in turn is 

applied to the variable input of the Downconverter PLL. The PLL tunes the 2 to 8 GHz YIG to 

8005 MHz. 

In instruments which do not include the range below 500 MHz, the downconverter mixer and 

the downconverter PLL are not used; all frequencies up to 2000 MHz are generated by the 2 to 

8 GHz YIG and divided down to the desired output. 

A second downconverter scheme bypasses the frequency dividers, and uses the downconverter 

mixer to generate the entire 10 to 2000 MHz range. In this scheme, the 8-20 YIG is tuned to a 

frequency in the range of 8015 to 10005; this frequency, mixed with 8005 MHz output of the 2 

to 8 GHz YIG, produces an IF in the 10 to 2000 MHz range. Ordinarily, this no-divider scheme 

is not used, because the dividers improve the phase noise characteristics of the YIG output, and 

the mixer alone does not. However, when certain special functions are used, the dividers can be 

bypassed in order to produce faster frequency changes. 

The output frequency (in the range of 10 to 2000 MHz) passes through a leveler, pulse 

modulator, and amplifiers on its way out of the downconverter module. A separate module 

contains the low pass filters which remove harmonics from the output of the downconverter 

module. 



Figure 3-8. Downconverter phase lock loop 



3.2.8 Level Control 

RF output amplitude is controlled by a combination of fixed-step attenuation and closed-loop 

leveling. The RF output stage includes a step attenuator providing up to 110 dB of attenuation 

in 10 dB steps. Finer control of the output power level is provided by the closed loop leveling 

system, also referred to as Automatic Level Control or ALC. 

Figure 3-9. Automatic level control & AM 

The level control system operates something like a phase lock loop; it produces a correction 

signal based on the difference between a feedback input and a reference input. The feedback 

input comes from a level coupler/detector in the RF path. The reference input is generated by 

the computer, based on the requested level setting and on correction data stored in memory. The 

output correction signal drives a leveler (a variable attenuator circuit), placed in the RF path 

ahead of the level detector. 

The CPU programs a digital-to-analog converter with level data, including correction factors 

stored in the characterization tables, in order to generate a DC reference signal. However, this 

reference signal needs to be further corrected for the non-linear response curve of the level 

detector. This is accomplished by turning the DC reference signal into a 2.5 MHz signal of 



variable amplitude, which is applied to a reference detector. The reference signal is applied to 

the control input of a balanced modulator on the output of a 2.5 MHz crystal oscillator. The 

modulator serves as a variable attenuator, controlling the amplitude of the 2.5 MHz output. The 

modulated 2.5 MHz signal is applied to the reference detector, which is matched to the level 

detector and is located in the same module. The DC voltage rectified by the reference diode is 

furnished by a low pass filter and amplifier to the summing junction of the loop amplifier. 

This system corrects not only for detector non-linearity, but also for temperature changes 

(because both detectors are located in the same place and have matching characteristics, 

temperature-related variations will cancel out). The level detector output is amplified and 

furnished to the summing junction of the loop amplifier. The loop amplifier output drives a PIN 

diode attenuator circuit (also known as a leveler) in the RF output path, in order to adjust the 

output level. The loop amplifier drives the leveler in whichever direction will equalize the 

detector feedback signal and the reference signal. 

Two separate level detectors are used for the output ranges above and below 500 MHz, but the 

same compensation detector is used in both cases. A remote detector (or the DC output of a 

power meter) may be substituted for the internal detectors during operation in the External ALC 

mode. 

The RF path through the microwave module is divided into different paths for different 

frequency ranges; there are separate levelers for the 2 to 8 GHz, 8 to 20 GHz, and 20 to 

26.5 GHz ranges. During operation in the downconverter band (frequencies up to 2 GHz), power 

is controlled by a leveler in the downconverter module. 



3.2.9 Frequency Modulation 

This feature is implemented by injecting a modulation signal into the output phase lock loop 

circuit. The modulation input is summed with the output of the loop phase detector and 

integrator; the combined signal drives the FM (fine tuning) coil of the YIG oscillator. Because 

of the modulation input, the input to the FM coil varies; the YIG output frequency tracks these 

variations. 

Figure 3-10. Frequency modulation 


Amplitude modulation is accomplished by adding a modulation input to the level control loop. 

The AM input is combined with the leveling reference generated by the CPU and DAC, in such 

a way that the amplitude of the modulating signal tracks any changes in level (this insures that 

AM depth remains constant for different levels). The level control output to the leveler is 

modulated by the AM input waveform, and the RF output becomes amplitude modulated. 

This modulation method is not used in instruments with Option 27 (see Appendix A). 

3.2.11 Pulse Modulation 

Pulse modulation is essentially a means of shutting off the output signal for short periods. The 

modulation OFF pulses are applied to PIN diode switches within the RF module. During the 

OFF intervals, the particular RF path which is normally activated for the present output 

frequency is temporarily shut down. That is, during the ON periods one output path is open, and 

during the OFF periods no output path is open. 

The very fast rising and falling edges of the modulating pulses are produced by pulse driver 

circuits, in response to a modulation waveform. The modulation waveform can be generated 

within the instrument, or it can be supplied by an external source. The internal modulation 

source is a pulse generator with variable pulse rate, width, and delay. The instrument timebase 

is used as a reference by the generator, so all rates and intervals are highly accurate. For the 

purpose of synchronizing auxiliary instruments, a TTL level modulation waveform output is 

available, whether the modulation source is internal or external. 



3.3 Assembly Circuit Descriptions 

The following sections describe the circuit theory and operation of specific assemblies in the 

GT 9000 Microwave Synthesizer. Each section heading includes the PC assembly number as 

shown in the related circuit drawings. 

3.3.1 Front Panel Interface — PC Assembly A1 

The Front Panel Interface PC assembly interfaces the front panel and the computer. This 

includes front panel data entry (in the form of keystrokes or knob movement) as well as front 

panel data display. 

U1, a 4-to-16 decoder, decodes the chip selects for the different front panel displays and 

interfaces. U14A thru U14D provide the individual chip selects for the front panel ENTRY 

MENU displays, which are gated by the UR/UN line. U2A provides a load signal for loading 

data to these displays. 

The U3 Keyboard decoder, where D1 thru D11 represent columns and S1 thru S8 are rows, 

identifies keys pressed and outputs information to the computer bus via the U5 buffer. U15B 

provides a clock circuit for scanning the keyboard. Whenever the keyboard is active, U15A 

detects the Data Available line and causes an interrupt to be generated by U6A and U11B. When 

the computer responds with a chip select from U1 indicating that the keyboard can be read, the 

interrupt is cleared via U6A. U7A and U11A activate the Memory Ready line which slows the 

CPU as required for read cycles to occur. 

When the front panel knob is turned, the optical decoder generates pulses at U8A and U8B; the 

flip-flops of U8 are set so that the output at U8-9 indicates which way the knob was turned. 

U8-5 flips, generating an interrupt via U11C. When the computer selects the knob to be read, a 

chip select is received at U7B from U1 to clear the interrupt. 

U4, U5, U9, and U18 provide buffers for computer bus interface. 

U12 is the Configuration ROM. It stores the information such as the frequency range and what 

options are installed. It is also programmed to hold various characterization data. 

U13 is a non-volatile RAM chip to store the current unit settings when the power is turned off. 

It also stores multiple unit setups in memory locations 0 thru 9. 

3.3.2 IEEE / TIMER — PC Assembly A2 

U10 is the interrupt timer for the CPU. It is clocked by the oscillator consisting of Y1, C10, and 

C12. 

U8 and U9 provide for the addition of an RS-232 interface feature which is not yet implemented. 

U12, U13, and U14 operate the remote control interface, which conforms to the IEEE-488 

standard. 

U3 decodes chip selects for the circuits on this board. U11 acts as a buffer for certain computer 

bus lines. 

The outputs of flip-flop U5 latch attenuator data; U7 and U4 provide the proper logic levels for 

driving the attenuator. The outputs of flip-flop U6 latch miscellaneous computer control lines. 



3.3.3 Memory — PC Assembly A3 

U1 through U4 are RAMs used by the CPU for temporary data storage. 

U5 through U14 are ROMs used to store the operational software. 

The RAMs and ROMs are 32K x 8 and are used in pairs (one for even addresses and the other 

used for odd), to simulate 32K x 16 as required by the 16-bit data bus. 



3.3.4 CPU — PC Assembly A4 

Y1, C3, C4, Q1, and U6A provide clocking for U1, the 68000 microprocessor chip. 

U2, U3, and U4 buffer the output to the I/O data bus. 

U5A and B make up the Power-On Reset logic. The presence of the clock is detected at U5-2. 

There is a set delay before the reset line switches to prevent failures during brownout or power 

glitch conditions. 

U7 decodes interrupts. When the CPU receives an interrupt, one of the FC0 - FC2 lines is 

activated causing U8, U9, and U10 to generate several different logic signals. VPAN puts the 

CPU into the non-vectored interrupt mode to handle the interrupt. The MR (Memory Ready) 

logic is also generated, which slows the CPU for read/write cycles. 

U11 and U12 are a buffer between the I/O bus and the CPU. 

U1, U3, and U15-U18 decode chip selects for boards or circuits on the I/O bus. U19, U20, and 

U21 give a startup vector to the CPU on power up. 

3.3.5 Pulse Driver — PC Assembly A5 

The pulse driver PC assembly has various logic circuits required for directing the pulse signals 

to the proper locations, as well as the actual pulse driver circuitry which drives the pulse 

modulators. U12-U15 are latches providing interface between the I/O bus and the individual 

circuits on the driver board as well as the pulse generator board (A5A1). U11 decodes the chip 

selects for the latches and other circuits. 

When EXT Pulse Modulation is selected, the external pulse signal is received at PM_IN, U1-5. 

The external signal and its complement are output on U1-2 and U1-4. EPM- logic at U1-7 

selects one of the signals to propagate U2A or B, selecting + or - edge triggering when EXT 

TRIG (+ or -) or EXT PULS (+ or - ) is selected. In the case of EXT TRIG, the trigger signal 

(TRIGN) is supplied to the pulse generator PC assembly (A5A1) via U4D, U8C and U9C. 

The external pulse signal from U2A or B passes thru U2D to the pulse drivers when U2D is 

enabled via U3A and the EXTPUL logic signal. The PULSE signal from the pulse generator PC 

assembly passes thru U2C and on to the pulse drivers when the INT/TRIG signal is true. This 

allows only one signal at a time, either the external pulse signal or the internal pulse signal, to 

drive the pulse modulators. 

The selected pulse signal is provided to the rear panel as the PM_VIDEO signal after being 

translated to a TTL signal. U6A, U4 and associated components allow the rising and falling 

edge of this signal to be positioned to align with the actual pulsed RF out of the unit. 

The selected pulse signal (referred to as SAMPN on the schematic) is used for the purpose of 

sampling the detector voltage on the leveling board when the RF is on. In order to do this it is 

necessary to delay and shorten the pulse. This is done by U8A, B, D, and U9A, B, D. The 

signal is then translated by U10A, U10B, Q7 and Q8 to signal levels that are capable of 

switching the FET samplers on the Leveling PCA. The resulting signal is called SAMPLE. 

U1C and D, and U3D handle the logic which selects the proper driver to be enabled at U5A, B 

or C. The pulse signal is translated to TTL levels at U6B thru D. 

When pulse modulation is not selected, the FET samplers on the leveling PCA must stay on 

continuously. The PULSE_OFF logic signal serves this purpose through U3C and U7A. 



3.3.6 Pulse Generator — PC Assembly A5A1 

The pulse generator consists of the rate generator, the delay generator, and the width generator. 

The rate generator employs a programmable phase lock loop circuit, consisting of a 3-10 MHz 

VCO (U1), and two synthesizer chips (U3/U4) containing phase comparators and programmable 

dividers. The PLL circuit uses the 10 MHz timebase (translated to TTL levels by U20D and 

enabled by U2B when the internal pulse mode is selected) as a reference input, and generates a 

series of stable frequencies, selected by the programming of the synthesizer chips. There are 

actually two ranges of frequencies, depending on whether U2C (Range 1) or U2D (Range 2) is 

enabled. The signal propagates through U5A and U5B to U33A. In the case of externally 

triggered modulation, U7A is enabled and the TRIGN input propagates through it to U33A. The 

output of U33A (STARTN) gates (via U6A) a 100 MHz delay line clock consisting of U8D, 

U22, C32, and C33. This signal is converted to a PM_SYNC signal by U33D, U7B, U7C, 

U33C, and U20C, for output to the rear panel. 

The delay is generated in 10 ns increments by multiple counters which are clocked by the 

100 MHz clock described above. U10 is a 4-bit counter which counts delays up to 160 ns; U16 

is an 8-bit counter which counts up to approximately 40.9 µs in 160 ns increments. U17 counts 

up to approximately 10.485 ms in 40.9 µs increments and U23 counts up to approximately 2.6 s 

in 10.485 µs increments. These counters are programmed by the computer, allowing up to 2 

seconds of delay, programmable in 10 ns increments. When the delay cycle is completed and the 

DEND from U28A and the COUT from U10 have propagated through the gates giving low 

inputs at U8-6 and U8-7, U6-10 is toggled and the width cycle starts on the next clock cycle. 

The beginning of the width cycle causes U6-15 to go high. This signal, after propagating 

through U13A and U33B, is the actual pulse signal which will ultimately drive the RF pulse 

modulators. 

The width is also generated in 10 ns increments and the counters (U11, U25, U26, and U27) are 

set up similar to those which control the delay cycles. The width cycle ends when both inputs to 

U8C are low to reset U6 (this is controlled by U11 COUT and U28 DEND). The next trigger 

from the rate generator will start another delay and width cycle. 

3.3.7 AM/FM Driver — PC Assembly A6 

The AM/FM driver PC assembly has two main functions. The first is to select the internal or 

external AM or FM signal. The second is to adjust the amplitude of the selected signal 

according to the depth or deviation required before outputting the signal to the level board (for 

AM) or the output PLL (for FM). 

U3 is an analog switch to select the external AM signal or a signal from the internal generator. 

The selected signal is buffered by U1 and then converted to a differential signal by U7A and B. 

One side of this differential signal is buffered by U25A for output to the rear panel as the 

AM_SIG output. The U8 Modulator IC functions as a variable attenuator controlled by a voltage 

from the DAC U4. The voltage at U5-7 changes according to the selected AM depth of 

modulation. The DAC has a reference voltage which is derived from U9, inverted and attenuated 

to give 3.2 volts. The output of the variable attenuator U8 is a differential signal which is 

combined by U2A to give a single AM signal output. U23 switches this output (the signal can 

be switched to be DC coupled or inverted to give an output 180 degrees out of phase with the 

input signal) to the input of U25B, which provides the AM signal to the level board A10. 

U10 is an analog switch to select the external FM signal or a signal from the internal generator. 

The selected signal is buffered by U11 and converted to a differential signal by U13A and B. 



One side of this differential signal is buffered by U26A for output to the rear panel as the 

FM_SIG output. The voltage from DAC U4 and U5A controls the amplitude of the FM signal 

via U14, depending on the deviation selected. The output of the variable attenuator U14 is a 

differential signal combined by U15 to give a single signal output. This output is then switched 

by U21 (the signal can be switched to be DC coupled or inverted to give an output which is 

180 degrees out of phase with the input signal) to the input of U26B, which provides the FM 

signal for the output PLL board A18. 

U16 decodes chip select lines for other IC’s on the board. U17 thru U20 are required to latch 

data for circuits on this board and also for circuits on the A6A1 PCA. 

3.3.8 Function Generator — PC Assembly A6A1 

The heart of this assembly is the Function Generator chip U1. This IC requires a 10 MHz clock 

supplied external to the board but buffered on board by Q1 and Q2. The IC actually contains 

two function generators which have been designated as gen A and gen B. 

For gen A multiplexers, U2, U3 and U4 address RAMs U8, U9 and U10. If INT SINE wave is 

selected, the computer stores data into the RAMs equal to the address being programmed. 

However, if INT TRI wave is selected, the computer performs a function on the address data 

which turns the data from sine data into triangle data and stores the new data into the RAMs. 

Now, a sine or triangle wave is created when the function generator chip outputs data which 

addresses the RAM, and the RAM data becomes DAC U15 input data. The output of this DAC 

will be the sine or triangle wave (whichever was selected). The components L1, L2, C21, C22, 

C23 form a low pass filter required to filter glitches out of the 10 MHz clock. The SINE CAL 

pot R4 is used to adjust the amplitude of the sine wave which is then amplified by U16A. The 

output is switched by analog switch U20 or U21. U21 can be switched to allow the sine wave to 

be converted to a square wave, via U17. The duty cycle of U17 can be adjusted with R31 and 

R32. The output of U17A drives the SQR CAL pot which allows adjustment of the amplitude of 

the square wave. The signal then buffered by U16B before arriving at U20 analog switch. At 

U20, the Sine or Square wave signal is switched for A_GEN output to the AM/FM Driver PC 

assembly (A6). 

Generator B operates identically to generator A and has its own set of multiplexers U5, U6 and 

U7, RAM’s U11, U12, U13, DAC U18 and sine wave to square wave converter U17D. 

3.3.9 Scan Modulation — PC Assembly A7 

This circuit translates the internal or external modulating signal into a control signal for 

regulating the attenuation of the scan module. 

U10 and U35 decode certain control inputs from the computer. U10 enables and disables the 

10 MHz clock (used to drive DACs and ADCs on this circuit board when they are needed). 

U35 switches Q1 on and off to control the relay that switches the scan module into or out of the 

RF output path. 

U11B generates a reference voltage needed by the analog-to-digital converter U12. 

U11A generates a reference voltage needed by U2B, U33A, and U33B. 

U33A and U33B generate reference voltages needed by FETs in the scan module. 



The modulating input signal (internal or external in origin) is received by switch U3B (jumpers 

P2 and P3 control the input impedance for the external modulation input; normally it is 50 

ohms). Between U3B and a second switch (U3A) are two paths for the modulating signal: An 

AM path includes scaling and logarithmic amplification circuits (U2B, U1, U4, U2A) needed in 

the Linear AM mode, and a Scan path which bypasses these. After U3A, the modulating signal 

passes through a shaper circuit (U5) which compresses its range to ±1 V so that it can drive 

U12, an analog-to-digital converter. 

The digital outputs of the ADC are applied to the address switches (U19, U20, U21) to control 

addressing of the RAMs U22, U23, and U24. Together, these RAMs make up a 4K x 12 volatile 

memory (scan module correction data are downloaded into this memory from ROM when scan 

modulation is selected). 

As the modulating input changes, the digital output of the ADC tracks it, retrieving from RAM 

the appropriate correction data at each point. The data from RAM is applied to the U29 DAC, 

which converts it into an analog control signal to drive the scan module (via U44 and U45). 

For internal modulation, the U39 DAC is used by the computer to add an offset to the internal 

modulating signal to control the depth of modulation. The DAC output, amplified by U40A and 

U40B, is summed with the internal modulating signal at U38-6. Switch U37B controls the gain 

of U40B, which is reduced by half when the variable attenuation mode is selected. 

3.3.10 Level — PC Assembly A10 

The leveling scheme used in the GT 9000 series can be compared to a Phase Locked Loop. The 

similarities are that the leveling loop has a reference and a variable input which are compared, 

and the loop action adjusts the variable input (proportional to the actual unit output level) until 

the two inputs are balanced. The comparison is made at the summing junction of an op amp 

integrator. The output of the integrator controls PIN leveling diodes to adjust the RF power 

level. The power level is detected and amplified as required, and returned as the variable input 

to the integrator. 

On this board U17A is the op-amp integrator. Its summing junction at pin 2 compares a 

reference input and the detected RF input. The reference input is the REFX20 input from the 

detector buffer module A200, which is amplified by U15. The gain is adjustable via pots R27 

(GAIN ∞2 for downconverter frequencies) and R29 (GAIN >2 for frequencies >2GHz) and is 

switched by U14A and B, depending on the output frequency. The variable input to the U17 

summing junction is the actual RF detector voltage, which has been amplified at the detector 

buffer module A200. Q2 samples this signal (DETX20) when the unit is pulse modulated. When 

the unit is not pulse modulated, Q2 is turned on and the detector voltage, buffered by U30, can 

be inverted by U27, depending on whether the detector voltage is negative or positive. This 

inversion is controlled by switch U16A and B. In addition to these two inputs to the summing 

junction of U17, offset voltages are summed in as well. Two different adjustable offsets (R28 

and R30) are available and are switched by U14A and B depending on whether the output 

frequency is > or à 2 GHz. Q1 samples the signals at this summing point when in pulse 

modulation mode or, if pulse is turned off, Q1 is turned on all of the time. The summing 

integrator U17A has variable feedback paths available. U18A and B are switched in as 

appropriate for different leveling modes. The output of the amplifier is fed to U19 via CR1 and 

CR2. This serves as a window detector to detect when the leveling loop is unleveled. When the 

loop is unleveled, U19-7 goes low to light DS1 and send a low logic signal to the computer. The 

output of the U17A amplifier is also amplified by U17B. Its gain is adjustable via the R50 



(LGAIN) pot. The output of U17B is the level voltage which goes to the level driver board 

(A10A1) to drive the PIN leveling diodes. 

The reference signal is generated on this board. The 2.4596 MHz oscillator is composed of U1 

A, B, C, and Y1. Its square wave output is turned into a sine wave via filter L1, L2, C10, C11, 

and C9. The R3 and R4 pots allow a variable amplitude of this signal to be tapped off and 

amplified. U2A and B switch in the appropriate pot depending on whether the frequency 

selected is > or ∞ 2 GHz. The signal is amplified and fed to modulator U8 (which functions as 

a variable attenuator controlled by a voltage which may be a composite of different signals). 

The output of the modulator is sent via U10 to the Detector Buffer module to be amplified and 

returned to the leveling board as REFX20. 

The main control voltage for the modulator ICs (U8, U28, and U9) is generated by the U24 

DAC. This voltage changes as the power level changes and controls the gain of U28. U28 

adjusts the level correction voltage which is switched in by U16A and amplified by U7A. The 

amplitude of this signal is adjusted by the modulator U28 according to the power level the 

instrument is set to. U29A amplifies the modulator output and sums it with the standard main 

control voltage at U29B. The output of U29B is inverted at U13B to control the modulator U9, 

which adjusts the amplitude of the AM signal when enabled by U2A. R5 calibrates the AM 

signal which is then translated into a differential signal by U6B and U7B and applied to the 

modulator U9 input. The outputs of U9 are summed by U6A, and the AM signal amplitude has 

been adjusted according to the control voltage. The result is that the AM signal level is correctly 

calibrated for any power level. This AM signal is then summed with its control voltage at U5A 

and inverted at U5B, forming a composite signal used for appropriately modulating the 

reference signal at U8. VR3 and R51 are set to limit the control voltage so that it does not 

overdrive the modulator. 

U31 is a DAC programmed by the computer to give an output voltage at U32B. This voltage is 

the appropriate offset required for the PIN leveling diode drivers on the A10A1 level driver 

board. The U26 Reference provides a 5 volt reference, which is filtered by L3 and C66 and 

C67. This filtered 5 volt reference is also amplified by U32A to give a 10 volt reference. The 

5 volt reference is also divided down by pot R48 to give a 3.2 volt reference. 

U20 provides decoding for the chip select lines. U21, U22, and U23 provide the necessary 

buffers for the bus interface lines. 

3.3.11 Level Driver — PC Assembly A10A1 

The level driver contains amplifiers and filters which drive the levelers (variable attenuator 

circuits) in the microwave module. 

LEVELV, the output of the Level PC board (A10), is amplified by the circuit. The amplifier 

circuit has four levels of AC gain activated (in order of decreasing gain) as the AC input level 

increases and switches on the diodes CR9, CR7, and CR6. The SCANSIG input is not used in 

this instrument. The amplifier output at U6-6 (LVL) is supplied to the level drivers associated 

with particular bands. 

Inside the microwave module, the leveler for Band 0 (the downconverted range, below 2 GHz) 

consists of a pair of FETs which act as variable attenuators. Separate driver outputs are required 

to control the series FET and the shunt FET. For Band 0, the LVL signal is converted by a 

differential amplifier consisting of U1A, U3A, and U3B into two outputs. The BAND0LVL VP 

output is applied to the series FET, and the BAND0LVL VS output is applied to shunt the FET. 

Both outputs are transmitted through low-pass filter elements (see L1 and L2) to the microwave 



module. Relays K1 and K2 bypass these filters during AM operation (the control input labeled 

SCAN N is on only during amplitude modulation, not scan modulation). 

Higher frequency bands are level-controlled by PIN diode attenuator circuits in the microwave 

module. These attenuators do not require differential control inputs. For Band 1 (2-8 GHz), the 

level driver is the circuit which includes U5. The filter associated with this band (see L3) is 

bypassed through relay K3 during AM operation. For Band 2 (8-20 GHz), the level driver is the 

circuit which includes U10. The filter associated with this band (see L4) is bypassed through 

relay K4 during AM operation. 

The remaining level drives are unused in this design. 

3.3.12 Power Supply — PC Assembly A11 

Most of the power is furnished directly from the switching power supply assembly to the 

circuits that require it. However, some voltages require further conditioning or are independent 

of the switching PS assembly. For those voltages, the Power Supply PC assembly provides the 

functions of rectification, regulation, filtering, and switching. 

The circuit consisting of R22, R23, and C1 filters the +24V supply to eliminate fan-generated 

noise. 

The +15 V input at J1-23 is furnished to the front panel display drivers, and also (through 

power FETs Q1 through Q6) to various band-related sections of the microwave module. To 

minimize power dissipation in this module, each FET is switched on only when the associated 

frequency band is in use. The FETs are switched by gates U7A through U7-F, which are in turn 

switched by the computer by way of the latch (U6) and the latch strobe (U5). The voltages for 

the frequency doublers in the 20-28 band (Q5) and the 28-40 band (Q6) are re-regulated down 

to +12 V by U2 and U1. The +15 V supply is also applied to an overload detection circuit (see 

U8), which is needed to protect the power FETs. If the +15 V input falls below an acceptable 

level, the latch is cleared, the FETs are turned off, and the OVERLOAD LED is turned on. 

Standby power (including a heater voltage for the timebase oscillator crystal oven) is supplied 

through a small transformer located near the cooling fan. The 20 VAC inputs from the 

transformer are rectified by CR2 and regulated by U3 as a +15 V heater voltage for the 

timebase. The rectified 20 VAC input drives the line power relay, and is also doubled by CR3 

and CR4 and regulated by U4 to make a +35 VDC output for the front panel fluorescent 

displays. 



3.3.13 100 MHz Reference PLL — PC Assembly A14 

This circuit phase locks the 100 MHz oscillator (A201) to the internal 10 MHz timebase or to 

an external timebase. In addition to the loop output, it produces a lock indicator signal and a set 

of buffered 10 MHz outputs used as references for other loops in the instrument. 

The 100 MHz input at J5 is buffered by U10B before being divided down to 10 MHz by U4. 

The 10 MHz is then buffered by U8A, B, C and U9A, B and C so that it can be used by other 

circuits in the unit which require a 10 MHz reference. The signal is also applied to the variable 

input of the phase detector U5-9. 

The reference input to the phase detector U5-6 comes from a switching circuit, which selects 

either an internal or external 10 MHz reference. When no external reference is present at J3, the 

internal 10 MHz reference at J4 (buffered by U11A) is allowed to propagate through U12C and 

on to the phase detector (U5-6). When an external 10 MHz signal is present at J3, it is buffered 

by U11A and allowed to propagate through U12A to the phase detector. The presence of an 

external 10 MHz reference is detected when C38 is charged, causing the switching circuit 

(comparator U14) to switch to a high state. This causes the U13 output to go high to turn off 

the supply to the internal 10MHz reference. The switching circuit also enables the external 

reference path at U12A and disables the internal reference at U12C. The selected reference is 

then available through Q1 and Q2 as the 10 MHz reference output on the rear panel. 

The phase comparator U5 compares the 10 MHz reference with the output of the divider U4 and 

determines which signal leads or lags the other. The output pulses at U5-12 and U5-3 are 

integrated or filtered by U6B, resulting in a tuning or correction voltage at J6 which will steer 

the 100 MHz VCXO oscillator in the proper direction (a more positive voltage increases 

frequency) to acquire and sustain a locked condition. When the loop is phase locked (the 

reference and variable input frequency and phase are equal), the output pulses of the phase 

detector will be extremely narrow at a 10 MHz rate. U7, CR1 and CR2 along with other 

components serve as a window detector which detects the tuning voltage and unlocked 

conditions. When the loop unlocks, U7-7 goes low, lighting DS1 and sending the unlock logic 

level to the computer via U2, a tri-state buffer which serves as the interface to the bus. U1 is a 

3-to-8 decoder for decoding chip selects. 

U3 regulates +22 V to +15 V, which is then filtered by L1, C16 and C17 to provide a clean 

voltage for U6, thereby reducing noise introduced by the tuning voltage to the oscillator. 



3.3.14 1 Hz PLL — PC Assembly A15 

The 1 Hz Phase Locked Loop circuit synthesizes a reference frequency programmable in fine 

increments. This reference is substituted for the standard timebase signal used by the reference 

phase lock loop. By setting the reference output from this circuit, the computer is able to 

specify RF frequency in 1 Hz increments. The output at J3 has a range of 10-12 MHz and a 

resolution of 2 Hz. When divided in half at the reference PLL input, the result is a 5-6 MHz 

reference programmable in 1 Hz steps. 

A 100-120 MHz voltage controlled oscillator (Q3) is controlled by U5. U5 is a synthesizer chip 

containing several programmable frequency dividers and a phase comparator, used in 

conjunction with an external prescaler (U7, which is programmed by U5 to divide by 40 or 41). 

U5 compares the prescaled feedback input from the VCO (U5-3) to the timebase input (U5-7) 

and produces pulsed outputs at U5-17 or U5-16, depending on which input is leading. A 

filter/amplifier circuit (U9A) averages these pulses to produce a tuning input to the VCO. By 

programming the dividers in U5, the computer sets the VCO frequency in 50 kHz increments. 

The VCO frequency is buffered (Q2, U8A and B) and applied to a mixer circuit consisting of 

the flip-flops of U16. 

The second frequency input to the U16 mixer circuit is produced by a second VCO (Q4) having 

the same range (100-120 MHz) but programmed in finer increments (20 Hz). This VCO is 

controlled by a PLL circuit consisting of a phase comparator (U12) and a filter/amplifier circuit 

(U13A). The inputs to the phase comparator consist of feedback from the mixer circuit 

(U16-15) and a reference input from a third VCO circuit (Q1) divided down (by U3 and U4) to 

100-150 kHz, giving 20 Hz increments. The PLL circuit phase locks the VCO to this reference. 

The circuit consisting of U13B and U17B performs as a window detector. When the PLL circuit 

is out of its normal control range, U17-7 goes high, illuminating the LED unlock indicator and 

pulling the LOCK line low. The VCO output (from Q4) is divided by 10 (U14) yielding an 

output at J1 with a frequency range of 10-12 MHz and a resolution of 2 Hz. 

The third VCO (Q1) has a frequency range of 100-150 MHz, programmed in 20 kHz 

increments. Dividers U3 and U4 reduce this frequency to 100-150 kHz so that it can be used as 

a reference input by phase comparator U12. U1 is the same type of synthesizer chip as U5, and 

its prescaler chip U2 also divides by 40 or 41. Filter/amplifier circuit U6A converts the phase 

comparator outputs of U1 into a tuning voltage for the VCO. U11 is a decoder chip used for 

decoding chip selects. U10 is a tri-state buffer for outputting board outputs to the bus. 



3.3.15 Reference / Downconverter PLL — PC Assembly A16 

Reference PLL 

The Reference Phase Locked Loop circuit contains the Reference PLL, and the Downconverter 

(or Fixed LO) PLL circuitry as well as the logic and drivers for the Downconverter filters. The 

Reference PLL fine tunes the reference YIG oscillator to phase lock it to a harmonic of the 

100 MHz oscillator (see A201) and ultimately to the instrument timebase. The U5 phase 

detector compares two 5 MHz inputs, one from the reference sampler IF (J2), buffered by U1C, 

and the other one from the internal or external input (J4 or J3 respectively). If the two 5 MHz 

inputs are out of phase, wide pulses will appear at one of U5 outputs (pins 3 or 12, depending 

on which input is leading). The filter/amplifiers (U6A and B and associated components) 

convert these pulses into a correction voltage which is filtered by L1, C12 and C13 and then 

supplied to U9, which drives the fine tuning (or FM) coil of the reference YIG oscillator. The 

PLL circuit adjusts the frequency of the oscillator in whichever direction will reduce the phase 

difference between the two 5 MHz inputs. The PLL output goes more positive to increase 

frequency and more negative to decrease it. 

The reference frequency is mixed with a 100 MHz comb line and should be 5 MHz above the 

100 MHz multiple. If the reference frequency falls above the desired multiple, the output 

voltage at U6-1 will be higher than normal. The kicker circuit U7A and associated components 

will detect this by comparing the voltage with a reference voltage set by R30, R31 and kick the 

output of U6B high, resulting in the output of U6A going low, decreasing the oscillator 

frequency. If the output frequency is too low, the kicker circuit U7B and associated components 

will detect the output of U6A being below a certain voltage level (set by R79, 32 and 33) and 

kick U6 such that the output at pin 1 will go high, thereby increasing the output frequency. 

Whenever the circuits (U7) kick, C10 or C9 are charged so that the lock detector U8 pulls the 

REF_LOCK signal low, thereby illuminating the lock LED DS1. 

The 5 MHz input to the phase detector is derived either from the 10 MHz input at J4 or from 

the 5-6 MHz input at J3. The 5-6 MHz input, if present must be detected so that the 10 MHz 

path will be disabled. This is achieved by delaying one input to U2B with R7 and C3. This 

causes U2-3 output to be low and disable the 10 MHz from propagating thru U3A. Instead, the 

5-6 MHz input propagates thru to the phase detector U5. When no 5-6 MHz input is present, the 

10 MHz propagates thru U3A and B, being divided by two, and then thru U2C to the phase 

detector input. 

At some output frequencies the sampler IF is 1.667 MHz rather than 5 MHz. In this situation, 

the control input at Q1 enables flip-flop U4 to remove two pulses out of every three coming 

from either U2-2 or U3-15. This effectively divides the 5 MHz by three, which yields the 

desired 1.667 MHz signal. 

Downconverter PLL 

The Downconverter PLL (or Fixed LO PLL) circuitry is similar to the Reference PLL. One 

difference is that there is only one set of inputs to the phase detector U11, the 10 MHz and the 

DC sampler IF. When the loop is locked, the DC sampler IF should be 5 MHz, the flip flop U12 

divides the 10 MHz reference by two yielding 5 MHz. The other difference is that this loop is 

turned off by U16 and Q2 when the unit is not operating in the downconverter range. This 

reduces spurs and noise which can be added by this circuitry when it is not locked. 

This board also provides downconverter filter drive logic. U17 is a 4-to-16 decoder which 

decodes logic from the computer to select each of the downconverter filters as appropriate via 



their drive circuitry U18 thru U25. The GENN and MEAS logic drives for the computer are 

provided by U29. 

U27 provides chip selects for various IC’s on the board and U26 and U28 serve as buffers 

required for computer bus interface. 



3.3.16 Divide-By-N — PC Assembly A17 

This circuit is a programmable frequency divider. It is set by the computer with a divisor 

between 95 and 395. Its frequency input is the 95 to 395 MHz IF from the reference mixer. The 

divided IF is supplied to the output phase lock loop and should be exactly 1 MHz when the 

output loop is locked. A two-stage amplifier provides enough gain throughout the operating 

frequency range to drive the Mod-8/9 counter (U11). AR1 and AR2 are amplifiers. CR1,2 and 

C23 detect the level of the signal at the output of AR1, and U12A and Q1 provide bias to CR3, 

CR4, CR7 and CR8 to attenuate the signal as required, thereby providing a form of automatic 

level control. L2, C24 and C27 are required for power supply filtering. L3, C54, C55, and L1, 

C25, C22 are low pass filters for the IF signal. 

In the discussion of the divider circuit, terms are defined as follows: 

• IF cycles refers to the amplified IF from the reference mixer, which is used as a timing clock 

by the Mod 8/9 counter. 

• Clock cycles refers to the output of the Mod 8/9 counter, U11-2, which is used as a timing 

clock by the 3-bit and 6-bit counters. 

• Division cycles refers to the output signal, U9-14, which should have a rate of 1 MHz when 

the loop is locked. 

IF cycles are the fastest of the three; division cycles are the slowest. 

The divisor, selected by the computer, is supplied as a 9-bit binary number at TTL level to the 

10124 translators (U1, 2 and 3), which convert the bits to ECL levels. Bits 0, 1 and 2 control 

the 3-bit counter (U5) and bits 3 through 8 control the 6-bit counter consisting of U4, 6 and 7. 

These two counters operate independently, but they use the same timing clock and they count 

down simultaneously. 

The outputs of the 3-bit counter U5, by way of gate U8, program the Mod-8/9 counter U11. 

While U5 is counting down, U11 divides the IF by 8. In the case of most divisors, it is 

necessary for the IF to be divided by 9 for some portion of the division cycle; only when the 

three lowest bits are all zero is U11 programmed as a Mod-8 counter throughout the division 

cycle (a situation which can only occur if the divisor itself happens to be an even multiple of 8). 

Whenever it reaches zero, U5 stops counting until it is preset at the next division cycle. 

The 6-bit counter (U6 and U7) continues counting down after U5 has reached zero and U11 has 

entered the Mod-8 phase of the division cycle. The lowest number it ever counts down from is 

11, (binary 001011) whereas the highest number the 3-bit counter ever counts down from is 7 

(binary 111); therefore the 3-bit counter always finishes first. When the 6-bit counter has 

completed its count, gate U8-14 goes high; this line, applied to U9D, allows U9-14 to go low 

(this represents the falling edge of the output waveform) on the next clock transition. The output 

is also used to pre-set the 6-bit counter. The 3-bit counter is pre-set by U9-2; this transition 

occurs a half-cycle later than for the other counter because U9-2, unlike U9-15, is triggered by 

the complement of the divider circuit clock (U11-3). The delays involved in driving the output 

low, presetting the counters, and triggering them to count down again result in the addition of 

two clock cycles to the division cycle (i.e., U11 will perform two extra divisions by 8 before the 

next division cycle can begin). To compensate for this, the U6 Q1 output is not connected to the 

U8-14 OR gate; the 6-bit counter counts down only to 2, not to zero, before sending the high 

level to U9 that initiates the output transition and presets the counters. The duration of the 

output low pulse is one clock cycle, which is equal to eight IF cycles. Because the IF is 

variable, the width of the low pulse varies (between about .02 and .08 microseconds). 



Example: 

When the divisor is to be 195 (this occurs when the IF is 195 MHz), the translators are 

programmed with the binary equivalent of 195 (011000011). This breaks down as 3 for the 3-bit 

counter (binary 011), and 24 for the 6-bit counter (binary 011000). For the first three clock 

cycles U11 divides the IF by 9, for a total of 3 x 9 = 27 IF cycles. The 3-bit counter then 

reaches zero and programs U11 to divide by 8 for the remaining clock cycles (21, since three of 

the 6-bit counter 24 cycles have already been counted simultaneously with the other counter). 

After 21 x 8 = 168 further IF cycles (bringing the total so far counted to 195), the low-going 

pulse of the output waveform occurs. The counters are preset and the division cycles 

recommences. To compensate for the cycles added by delay in presetting the counters, the 6-bit 

counter actually stopped early by 2 clock cycles (2 x 8 = 16 IF cycles); the high level at U8-14 

occurs two clock cycles before the beginning of the next division cycle, because two clock 

pulses are needed to initiate that division cycle. Since 195 IF cycles occurred during one 

division cycle, the circuit has divided the input frequency by 195. 

The OR gate U10 and four passive components are used to shut down the output of the circuit 

under conditions that would interfere with normal operation of the phase lock loop. Under 

normal conditions, with an IF input in the 95-395 range, the clock frequency applied to U10-4 

will be above 10 MHz. The filter components between the three gates produce a low at U10-12, 

and the third gate does not interfere with the circuit output frequency. If the IF drops 

substantially below the normal range, however, and the clock frequency at U10-4 falls well 

below 10 MHz. The filter action will not be sufficient to have the same effect. U10-9 will go to 

an ECL high, preventing any waveform from reaching the phase lock loop. The reason for this 

precaution is that the Mod-8/9 counter responds erratically to frequencies below its intended 

range, and could prevent the PLL circuit from recovering phase lock when the output frequency 

is too low. When the output waveform has been shut down, the PLL circuit reacts by kicking the 

output frequency to a higher value. This forces the IF to a higher frequency within the range of 

the divider circuit. After the IF has been forced higher, the kicker circuit again allows the output 

frequency to reach the PLL. 

U16 thru U20 provide drive for the REFerence COUPLER and the REFerence SWITCH filters. 

The U18B signal switches the downconverter coupler port. U15 is a decoder which decodes chip 

selects. U13 and U14 are buffers required for interfacing with the computer bus. 



3.3.17 Output PLL — PC Assembly A18 

The Output Phase Locked Loop circuit compares the output of the divide-by-N circuit (A17) to 

a timebase-related reference signal, and fine-tunes the output YIG oscillator to stabilize the 

divide-by-N output at 1 MHz. 

The 10 MHz timebase input (J3) is buffered by U1 and applied to U3, a frequency divider with 

a divisor of 10. The 1 MHz output of U3 is the reference input to the phase detector U2-6. The 

variable input at U2-9 is the output of the divide-by-N circuit (J2), buffered by U1, which will 

be at 1 MHz when the loop is locked, thus giving the correct RF output frequency. If the two 

inputs to the phase detector are not in phase, wide pulses are produced at either U2-12 or U2-3, 

depending on whether the variable input is leading or lagging the reference. The loop 

amplifier/filter circuit U4A and B averages these pulses in order to produce a fine-tuning signal 

for the output YIG oscillator. The object is to adjust the oscillator frequency in the direction that 

will reduce the phase difference between the inputs to the U2 phase detector. 

In the CW mode, the output of the amplifier/filter U4A and B is applied via analog switches 

U7A and B to a low pass filter (C54-56 and L1), required to filter out the 1 MHz reference 

frequency. The output of the filter is then applied to U18B, an amplifier with variable AC gain 

to compensate for loop gain changes due to a changing divide-by-N output. R83 and R84 

provide AC attenuation. The PLL voltage is buffered by U18A before being applied to one of 

three summing junctions. Analog switches U19A and B select one of 3 circuits, U20, U21, or 

U22, which drive the FM tuning coils of the output YIG oscillators for each frequency band. 

U6 is a lock detector circuit which detects when the loop voltage goes beyond a given window, 

thus indicating that the loop is unlocked. This circuit pulls the output lock signal low, causing 

the lock LED DS1 to light. When the loop voltage is within the window the loop is locked, the 

OUTPUTLOCK logic line is high and the DS1 board is dark. 

When the FM mode is enabled, an alternative loop amplifier/filter is required. In this case U5A 

and B filter the output pulses of the phase detector. The outputs of both amplifier/filter circuits, 

U5 and U4, are applied to U7, an analog switch. When the FM mode is selected and the switch 

U7A enables the U5 amplifier/filter. Additionally, during FM mode the modulating signal is 

summed in with the loop voltage at one of the three FM drive circuits U20, U21, or U22. The 

modulating signal sensitivity is adjusted with R33, R34, or R35, depending on which frequency 

band is active. The appropriate sensitivity is selected with switch U14A and B, and the 

modulating signal is then amplified by U16 and U17. U19A switches the PLL voltage from the 

fixed LO PLL PC assembly to the 2-8 GHz oscillator when required for downconversion of 

frequencies below 2 GHz. 

U8 provides an interface between the computer and the PC assembly by decoding the chip 

select lines. U9 buffers the output logic from the PC assembly so that it can be read by the 

computer. U10 and U11 are latches for logic input from the computer bus. 



3.3.18 YIG Driver — PC Assembly A19 

The YIG Driver PC assembly consists of four YIG driver circuits (for the 2-8, 8-20, 20-26 and 

Reference YIG oscillators). In addition, this board holds the circuitry which generates the logic 

for different frequency bands, and for switching filters in RF modules. It also generates logic 

used during sweep. 

The YIG driver circuit for BAND1 consists of DAC U1B. Its output is converted to voltage by 

U7B. MIN 1 pot (R11) is used for adjusting the voltage to the YIG when at the minimum 

frequency in band 1. The reference voltage is also summed in at U7-2 thru MAX 1 pot (R12) 

which is used to adjust the voltage provided to the YIG when at the maximum frequency in 

band 1. At the output of U7A there is a filter which can be switched in by U6B when the Unit 

is in CW or SLOW mode, (i.e., when the unit is not changing frequency). This filter is disabled 

when the unit is changing frequency, allowing the YIG voltage to change rapidly. This switched 

filter is known as the Fast/Slow circuit. This circuit is repeated for each of the bands. The only 

difference is that in the reference band there is not a ramp voltage summed in during analog 

sweep. 

Filter switching logic signals are generated on PC assembly A19. These outputs drive U25 and 

U26 which drive the filter switches for the output switch module. 

Decoder U2 decodes the chip select lines for circuits on the YIG Driver board. U3, U10 and 

U14 are required for computer bus interface. 

3.3.19 Display Driver — PC Assembly A20 

The Display Driver PC assembly drives the fluorescent displays and the LEDs on the front 

panel. 

U2 is a counter which is clocked by U1. It cycles thru the addresses corresponding to each 

display digit and its segments. When the computer updates the display or when a setting has 

been changed, the LD line is activated, and counter U2 stops counting and outputs the address 

on its AD inputs to QA-QD outputs. This addresses the decoders and RAMS when the 

appropriate chips are selected by the read/write lines. At this time, data is available at the input 

of the latch U4 and can be loaded into the RAM U3. When the data has been updated for all 

addresses, the LD line becomes inactive and the counter U2 again cycles thru the addresses, 

selecting data for specific segments to be driven via U9. At the same time, decoder U5 decodes 

the addresses to select each individual digit via U10. This scheme is used to drive all three 

fluorescent displays. 

A similar scheme is used for lighting the LEDs on the front panel, the only difference is that 

they are addressed by rows and columns via U22 and U23 respectively. 

3.3.20 Pushbutton — PC Assembly A105 

The Pushbutton assembly contains the pushbuttons for the sweep functions, the level buttons 

and their corresponding LEDs as well as the LOCK and LEVEL LEDs. 

The buttons are connected together in a manner that they can be read and identified using a row 

and column scheme. The LEDs are set up the same way using a row and column scheme 

(denoted RL and CL) to light the appropriate LEDs. 



3.3.21 Data Entry — PC Assembly A106 

This board holds the pushbuttons for the main power, numerical keypad, modulation buttons and 

the sweep marker buttons, as well as any corresponding LEDs. In addition the Intelligent HP 

alpha numeric displays reside on this board. 

As on the Pushbutton Board A105, the pushbuttons are read and the LEDs are lit using the rows 

and columns scheme. The four 8-digit Intelligent HP alpha numeric displays (DS1 thru DS4) 

receive address and data information from the display driver board. 

When the unit has power applied to it, the standby LED DS13 is lit by the 20 V from the power 

supply via P2. When the power switch is activated the 20 V coming in on P2 is switched to 

energize the power relay switch which supplies power to the rest of the unit. 

3.3.22 Main Tune — PC Assembly A107 

The Main Tune assembly is mounted on the chassis between the microwave deck and the power 

supply capacitors. The board holds the transistors which provide the current drive to the Main 

Tune coils of each of the YIG oscillators. These transistors must provide high currents with 

substantial power dissipation, which requires the transistors to have a heat sink. The diodes at 

the base of each transistor prevent the voltage from going too far negative. 

3.3.23 Detector Buffer — PC Assembly A200 

The Detector Buffer module is an important part of the leveling system. The 2.5 MHz Reference 

signal is received from the level board (A10) at J7. This signal is detected by a detector at J6 

and a DC voltage proportional to the power level of the reference signal is returned. L1, L2, 

C15 and C16 filter the reference signal from the DC voltage returned from the detector, which 

is then amplified by U5 and returned to the leveling board thru J5. 

The detector inputs for leveling the output signal are at J4, J3, J2, which are for an external 

detector (external ALC mode), the 2 band detector respectively. The 

appropriate detector is selected by its respective logic line which switches one of three 

comparators (U4 A, C and D) which in turn switches on one FET (Q2, Q4 or Q5). The active 

FET feeds the proper detector signal to the amplifier consisting of U3, U2 and U1. The output 

is then fed back to the leveling board (A10). The remaining logic signal at P4 serves two 

purposes: (1) When it is low it turns on the FET Q1 which allows the full voltage of the 

External Detector signal to be applied to Q2. When the logic is high the External Detector 

voltage is divided down by a factor of 10. (2) switches in a capacitor (when the logic is low) in 

the


3.3.24 100 MHz Oscillator/Sampler Driver — PC Assembly A201 

This module includes a 100 MHz Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator to drive the sampling 

mixers, and two identical amplifier circuits to increase the low level IF from those mixers to 

ECL voltage levels. 

100 MHz Oscillator 

Transistor Q2, regulated by crystal Y1, oscillates at a frequency very near 100 MHz. This 

frequency can be varied slightly by changing the Phase Lock Loop input voltage (and thus 

changing the capacitance of tuning diode CR1). This variation permits the oscillator to be 

phase-locked to the Master Reference. In order to bring the oscillator frequency within the 

relatively narrow adjustment range of the PLL circuit, nominal capacitor C21 is selected during 

production test, and variable capacitor C23 is adjusted during calibration. With the circuit 

correctly set up, the 100 MHz loop should become locked with a PLL voltage of +3 VDC (this 

voltage is most easily measured at the Test Point on PC Assembly A8, the 100 MHz PLL). 

Buffer IC4 produces four 100 MHz outputs; two drive the sampling mixers, one returns to the 

100 MHz PLL, and one supplies a stable 100 MHz reference to the Frequency Counter and/or 

the 10-12 MHz PLL (1 kHz Resolution Circuit), if installed. 

Sampler Drive 

The twin amplifier circuits (Q3-Q4 and Q5-Q6) supply a large (4-6 Vpp) 100 MHz signal to 

the sampling mixers. Variable capacitors C32 and C33 are used for peaking this signal. The 

sampling mixers include a step-recovery diode multiplier, which produces numerous harmonics 

of the 100 MHz input. The RF input to the sampler is mixed with these high frequencies, one of 

which will be near enough to it in frequency to create an IF that is within the bandwidth of the 

Sampler IF Amplifier. 

Example: For an RF input to the sampler of 6905 MHz, the sampler will mix the 69th harmonic 

of 100 MHz (6900 MHz) with the RF input and produce a 5 MHz IF output. 

Sampler IF Amplifier 

The twin amplifier circuits (Q1-IC2-IC1 and Q7-IC6-IC5) convert the low level IF produced by 

the samplers to ECL-level signals. Between the transistor amplifier stage and the video 

amplifier (IC2/IC6) is a low-pass filter that limits the bandwidth to 50 MHz to block undesired 

high frequencies produced by the mixer. Low frequency noise is blocked by capacitors C62 and 

C63. The buffers (IC1/IC5) convert the IF to an ECL level signal for use by the Reference PLL 

and Downconverter PLL circuits. The IF will be 5 MHz or 1.667 MHz, depending on the RF 

frequency input to the sampling mixer. 




4 

Calibration and Testing 

4.1 Calibration Procedures 

Calibration tolerances referred to in these procedures are intended to optimize the performance 

of the UUT; they should not be construed as specifications. Performance specifications are 

presented in Chapter 1 of this manual. The recommended interval between calibrations is one 

year. 

The GT 9000 being calibrated or tested is referred to in these procedures as the UUT (unit 

under test). 

The required warm-up time before calibration or testing is 72 hours (2 hours if an external 

timebase is being used, or if timebase accuracy tests are not to be done). 

4.1.1 Recommended Equipment: 

• Frequency Standard, 10 MHz 

• Oscilloscope, Tektronix 2465 or equivalent 

• Microwave Frequency Counter, Systron Donner 6245B or equivalent 

• Power Meter/Sensor, Giga-tronics 8541 with 80303 sensor, or equivalent 

• Spectrum Analyzer, HP 8566B or equivalent 

• Detector, Herotek Model # DZ262-44 or equivalent 

• Function (Audio) Generator, Wavetek 191 or equivalent 

• Measuring Receiver, HP 8902A or equivalent 

• Distortion Analyzer, HP 339A or equivalent 

• L.O. Generator, Giga-tronics Microwave Synthesizer 

• Universal Counter, Racal Dana 1994 or equivalent 

• Mixer IF Amplifier with Divide-by-40 output (Giga-tronics Mixer/Divider, Part# 002CA04900) 



4.1.2 Power Supply Calibration 

This procedure checks power supplies at test points on PC board A11. Voltages are also verified 

on the motherboard, A101. 

1. On the A11 board, use a DVM and measure the following power supplies (adjust the 

appropriate pot if required): 

a. On A11, check TP2 for 8.0 V. Adjust the +12A pot 

b. On A11, check TP1 for 12.0 V. Adjust the +12B pot. 

c. On A11, check TP3 for 35.0 V. Adjust the +35 pot. 

2. On the A101 motherboard, or at test points on the A11 board, verify that the voltages in 

Table 4-1 are accurate within 0.3 volts: 

Table 4-1. Power Supply Test Points 

Supply Location Color 

+20 V* A11-85 Brown 

+8 V (A) A11-15 or TP2 White, Gray 

+12 V (B) A11-19 or TP1 Red, Black 

+15 V (hot) A11-95 Blue, Black 

+24 V A101 Orange or Yellow 

+15 V A101 Blue 

-15 V A101 Violet 

-5.2 V A101 Green 

+5 V A101 Red, Green 

* No specified tolerance 



4.1.3 100 MHz Phase Lock Loop 

1. Ensure that the high stability oscillator has warmed up for two hours. The warm-up time 

is not required if an external 10 MHz standard is used. PC boards A14 and A201 are 

referenced in this procedure. 

2. On the A14 board, monitor TP4 on a scope. On the A201 board, adjust C23 to +3.0 V 

+0.1 V. 

3. On A14, the unlock LED should be off, indicating a locked condition. The front panel 

lock LED should be on. 

4. At the rear panel, apply a 10 MHz external source to the REF IN connector. Verify that 

the UUT phase locks on the 10 MHz source, and that the front panel lock LED is on. 

Disconnect the 10 MHz source. 

5. Connect a BNC cable from a scope to the rear panel REF OUT connector. Verify that 

the 10 MHz output is at least 2 Vpp into 50 Ω. Disconnect the BNC cable from the 

scope. 

6. While the BNC cable is still connected to REF OUT, connect the other end of this cable 

into the rear panel REF IN connector. Verify that the instrument unlocks (on A14 the 

unlock LED is on; the lock LED on the front panel is off. Disconnect the BNC cable. 

4.1.4 Sampler Drivers, 100 MHz VCO (Optional) 

This procedure is optional. 

1. Remove the Phillips screws on the 100 MHz VCO panel cover. 

2. On the A201 board, monitor the sampler driver signal with the scope at R45. 

3. Peak the sampler driver by adjusting C32 for maximum peak-to-peak voltage. The scope 

should indicate a voltage of about 4 Vpp or greater. 

4. Repeat the procedure for the second driver (monitor R46, adjust C33). 

5. Replace the cover and torque the screws to 10 in/lb. 

☛ NOTE: Resistors R45 and R46 (both 10 Ω) are located on the Sampler LO ports. 



4.1.5 YIG Driver Calibration 

This procedure calibrates each driver at the high and low ends of its frequency range to ensure 

the accuracy of the coarse and fine tuning of the YIG oscillators. PC boards A16 and A19 are 

referenced in this procedure. 

1. Reference YIG: Monitor TP1 on the A16 PC board. On the A19 board, adjust the min 

and max pots of the reference YIG driver at the min and max reference frequencies for 

0 V +1 V on TP1. Refer to Table 4-2. 

Table 4-2. YIG Reference Frequency 

Output Frequency, GHz Adjust Pot A19 Reference Frequency, GHz 

7.9 R2 Max 7.805 

2.01 R1 Min 1.905 

2. Since the min and max pots interact, repeat step 1 until both voltages are 0 V +1 V. 

3. Optional Frequency Check: Monitor the reference frequency test port (J5 on the RF 

module). 

4. Output YIGs: Monitor TP1 on the A18 board. On the A19 board, adjust the min and max 

pots of the output YIG drivers, at the min and max frequencies of the YIGs, for test 

point voltages of 0 V +1V on TP1. Refer to Table 4-3. 

Table 4-3. YIG Output Frequency 

Set Frequency, GHz 

Adjust Pot, A19 

7.9 R12 Max 

2.1 R11 Min 

20.0 R24 Max 

8.0 R23 Min 

26.0 R26 Min 

20.0 R35 Max 

5. Since the min and max pots for each YIG interact, repeat step 4 for each band until the 

output voltages are all 0 V +1 V. 

6. Optional Frequency Check: Monitor the front panel RF output with a frequency counter. 

7. After all of the min and max pots have been calibrated, monitor the test points on the 

A16 and A18 PC boards (as described above), and use the front panel up/down keys to 

step through the frequency range in 100 MHz increments. Both test points should 

remain at 0 V +1 V. 



4.1.6 Level Calibration 

The A10A1 board is referenced in this procedure. Some of the adjustments are on the A10 

board, others are on the A10A1 piggyback board. 

1. On A10, monitor TP3 with a DVM. Check for a voltage of 3.2 V +0.01 V; adjust R48 as 

necessary. 

2. Connect a power sensor to the RF output. 

3. Set the UUT to 2.1 GHz. On the A10 board, make the checks and adjustments shown in 

Table 4-4. Make adjustments within +0.03 dB. 

4. Monitor TP1 with the scope on the A10A1 PC board. Check the power levels in 

Table 4-4. If oscillations occur during calibration, turn the LGAIN pot R50 (on A10) 

CCW until the oscillations stop. Adjust appropriate pots for proper levels. 

Table 4-4. Level Calibration Pot Adjustments 

POWER ENTER 2.1 GHz ENTER 1 GHz 

0 dBm LIN >2, pot R4 LIN 2, pot R29 GAIN 2, pot R30 OFFSET 2 for a reading of -19.8 dBm +0.1 dB on the 

power meter. 

3. Select 1 GHz. On A10, adjust R28 OFFSET


4.1.7 AM/FM Generator Verification (Option 24 only) 

This procedure verifies that the internal AM and FM function generators perform correctly. 

AM Procedure Setup: 

1. On the rear panel, connect AM SIG OUT to channel 2 on the scope. Connect a 

frequency counter to Channel 2 Out. 

2. Select AM SIN at 100% and a 1 kHz rate. At AM SIG OUT, verify that the signal is 

present at a nominal 2 Vpp into 1 MΩ. 

3. Select AM TRI. Verify a clean signal at a nominal 2 Vpp into 1 MΩ. 

4. Select AM SQR at 100% and a 1 kHz rate. Verify that the signal is present with a duty 

cycle of 47% and 53%, and with a nominal 2 Vpp. 

5. While the AM SQR is selected, vary the AM rate. Verify that the counter display is same 

as the frequency display. Turn off AM. 

FM Procedure Setup: 

1. On the rear panel, connect FM SIG OUT to channel 2 on the scope. Connect a 

frequency counter to Channel 2 Out. 

2. Select FM SIN at 10 MHz DEV and a 1 kHz rate. At FM SIG OUT, verify that the 

signal is present at a nominal 2 Vpp into 1 MΩ. 

3. Select FM TRI. Verify a clean signal at a nominal 2 Vpp into 1 MΩ. 

4. Select FM SQR at 10 MHz DEV and a 1 kHz RATE. Verify that the signal is present 

with a duty cycle of 47% and 53% and with a nominal 2 Vpp. 

5. While the FM SQR is selected, vary the FM rate. Verify that the counter frequency is 

the same as the displayed front panel frequency. Turn off FM. 



4.1.8 Pulse Generator Verification 

These steps verify that the pulse generator performs correctly. 

PM Video Out Setup: 

1. On the rear panel, connect PM VIDEO OUT to Channel 1 on the scope. On the front 

panel, connect RF OUT through a detector to Channel 2 on the scope. This setup is to 

verify that RF OUT is aligned with VIDEO OUT. 

2. Select an internal pulse at 4 GHz with 0 dBm. Then select a 5.0 µs pulse width at a rate 

of 100 kHz and 0 ns delay. 

3. Trigger scope on Channel 1. Ensure that the time delay between the PM VIDEO OUT 

and RF OUT pulses is


4.1.9 AM Calibration 

After verifying the AM/FM generators, use these steps to calibrate the AM output. Parts of the 

equipment setup can also be used in the FM calibration steps. 

Equipment Setup 

1. On the front panel connect an external function generator with a BNC tee connector to 

AM IN. Connect a scope at Channel 1 to the BNC tee. Ensure that the scope displays a 

clean sine wave. 

2. Use the external generator to apply a 2 Vpp, 1 kHz sine wave to AM IN. Measure the 

sine wave on the scope to ensure accuracy. 

3. Connect the mixer/divider to RF OUT on the front panel. Also connect the LO signal 

generator to the mixer. The LO generator is set for 4.2 GHz at +10 dBm. 

4. Connect the mixer IF OUT to the 8902A measuring receiver with filters set at 50 Hz 

and 15 kHz. 

5. Select the AM mode with p-p divide by 2 on the 8902A receiver. Optional: connect the 

receiver modulation output to channel 2 on the scope. 

6. Select 4 GHz and 0 dBm on the UUT. 

AM External Procedures 

1. Select AM EXT at 50%. 

2. On A10, if required, adjust R5 for a 50% reading on the receiver. 

AM Internal Procedures (Option 24 only) 

1. Select AM INT SIN at 50% and at a 1 kHz rate. 

2. On A6-A1, if required, adjust R4 for a reading of 50% +0.05%. 

3. Select AM INT TRI. Verify that the receiver reads 50% +0.5%. 

4. Select AM INT SQR at 50%. 

5. On the receiver, turn off the 50 Hz and 15 kHz filters. 

6. On A6-A1, if required, adjust R9 for a receiver reading of 50% +0.05%. 



4.1.10 FM Calibration 

After the AM/FM generators are verified use these steps to calibrate the FM output. 

Equipment Setup 

1. On the front panel, connect an external function generator with a BNC tee connector to 

FM IN. Connect a scope to the BNC tee at channel 1. Ensure that the scope displays a 

clean sine wave. A mixer with a divide by 40 output is required. Connect this mixer to 

RF OUT on the front panel. 

2. Then connect the RF output of the LO signal generator to the mixer. The LO generator 

is set to 4.2 GHz at +5 dBm to provide an offset. Connect the divide by 40 output of the 

mixer to the 8902A measuring receiver. 

3. The divide by 40 function produces readings that are 1/40th of the actual unit deviation. 

For example, the 25 kHz receiver reading in this procedure is a result of divide by 40. 

4. On the 8902 receiver, the filters are set at 50 Hz and 15 kHz. Select the FM mode. 

Option: Connect Channel 2 on the scope to the modulation output on the receiver. 

FM External Procedure 

1. Select FM EXT at 1 MHz deviation. 

2. Use the external generator to apply a 1 kHz sine with 2 Vpp at FM IN. Measure the sine 

wave on the scope to ensure accuracy. 

3. Select the frequencies listed in Table 4-5 in order and adjust the specified pot, if 

required for 25 +0.05 kHz. 

☛ NOTE: The 1 GHz test step is a functional test only. 

Table 4-5. FM External Frequency Adjustment 

Frequency (GHz) A18 Pots LO Freq (GHz) 

4 R33 4.2 

12 R34 12.2 

22 R35 22.2 

FM Internal Procedure (Option 24 only) 

1. Select 4 GHz. Then enter FM INT SIN with a 1 MHz deviation and at a 1 kHz rate. Set 

the LO generator for 4.2 GHz. 

2. On A6-A1, if required, adjust R13 for a reading of 25 kHz +0.05 kHz. 

3. Select the triangle mode. Wait approximately 20 seconds for the signal to settle. Verify 

that the reading is 25 kHz +0.05 kHz. 

4. Select FM INT SQR at a rate of 8 kHz. On the receiver, enable the 20 kHz filter. On 

A6-A1, if required, adjust R18 for a receiver reading of 25 +0.05 kHz. 



4.1.11 Spectral Purity 

1. Select 2.1 GHz. Connect a spectrum analyzer to RF OUT on the front panel. On the A18 

PC board, adjust balance pot R8 for minimum 1MHz sidebands. 

4.1.12 10 MHz Time Base 

The following steps check and calibrate the 10 MHz reference time base. NOTE: This is only a 

settability test and not an accuracy test. CAUTION - The unit must warm up for 72 HOURS 

before the high stability oscillator can be checked and calibrated as required. 

1. On the scope, connect the output from a frequency standard (10 MHz) to the external 

trigger input (Channel 1). Adjust the scope to trigger on Channel 1. 

2. On the rear panel of the unit, connect a cable to REF OUT. Connect the other end of 

this cable to the vertical input on the scope. Verify that the 10 MHz signal trace does not 

drift more than 100 ns in 1 second. 

3. If adjustments are required, remove the top cover of the unit. The high stability 

oscillator is located next to the fan assembly. Remove the screw. Adjust the coarse and 

fine tune pots so that the signal trace is within the drift specifications. 



4.2 Performance Tests 

The procedures in this section are used to verify the electrical performance of GT 9000, using 

the specifications in Chapter 1. 

4.2.1 Equipment Required 

Each of the Performance Test Procedures in this section includes a list of recommended test 

equipment. In addition there is a consolidated list at the beginning of this chapter. Equivalent 

test equipment may be substituted provided that the accuracies and specifications are sufficient. 

4.2.2 Test Data Sheet 

A Test Data Sheet is included to allow entering the various readings taken. The specification 

and tolerance range is listed to allow ease of verification. It is suggested that copies be made of 

the manual sheets. When automated tests are run, a printed data sheet is produced. 

4.2.3 Calibration Cycle 

Periodic calibration and performance verification is required to insure proper instrument 

performance. The instrument should be calibrated and checked at least once each year. 

4.2.4 Warm-up 

Each of the procedures specifies a warm-up time which is required if the procedure is to be 

done individually. For a sequence of tests only one warm-up period is required. All test 

equipment must be warmed up according to its specifications. 



4.2.5 Frequency Range, Resolution and Accuracy 

Specification 

Description 

Range: 

From .01, .5, or 2 GHz to 20 or 26.5 GHz 

Resolution: 1 kHz (1 Hz with Option 16) 

Accuracy: 

Same as time base accuracy 

The output of the UUT is connected to the input of a frequency counter. The internal time base 

of the counter is a reference for the UUT to eliminate time base errors from the measurements. 

This procedure does not check for time base accuracy, and therefore the UUT frequency display 

should agree with the counter, within each instrument’s resolution. Note that there are possible 

faults in the UUT which, although the lock indicators show normal operation, will cause 

frequency errors. For this reason a number of specific frequencies are tested. Test frequencies 

have been selected so that any defective circuits will be easily isolated. 

Equipment Required 

Frequency counter 

Coaxial cable 

SMA to BNC adapter 

Figure 4-1. Frequency Range, Resolution, Accuracy 

Procedure 

1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-1. Connect the UUT RF Output to the 

10 MHz to 500 MHz counter input using the coaxial cable and the SMA to BNC 

adapter. Allow the equipment at least 30 minutes of warm-up. Since the UUT and the 

counter use the same time base, time base errors are eliminated. The UUT will 

automatically switch to the external reference when it is connected. 

2. Press [SHIFT] [RESET] on the UUT, then set the UUT to its minimum frequency. Press 

[LEVEL] and enter [-] [1] [0] [dBm]. The counter should read the frequency set + the 

counter resolution. 

3. Connect the UUT RF out to the counter 500 MHz-40 GHz input. Press [SHIFT] 

[RESET] on the UUT, then enter the maximum frequency of the UUT. The counter 

should read the entered frequency +1 Hz, + the counter resolution. 

4. To check that the Divide-by-N circuit is functioning properly, refer to the Test Data 

Sheet and program each of the listed frequencies into the UUT by entering (for 

example) [CW] [2] [0] [0] [1] [MHz]. For each listed frequency the counter should read 

the entered frequency + 1 Hz + the counter resolution. The frequencies listed are 

arranged in a binary sequence since the Divide-by-N circuit works in that manner. By 

setting the frequencies listed, each data bit supplied to the divider is individually tested. 



5. If the UUT includes the 1 Hz resolution option, perform this test. This test exercises the 

1 Hz through 100 kHz digits in such a manner that any incorrect digital programming 

data being sent to the 1 Hz Resolution assembly will be detected. Improper operation of 

the 1 Hz assembly will also be indicated. Refer to the Test Data Sheet and program each 

of the listed frequencies into the UUT. 



4.2.6 Spurious Signals Tests 

Specification 

Harmonics: 

Subharmonics: 

Nonharmonics: 

40 dBc, .01 to .1 GHz 

-50 dBc, >.1 to 2 GHz 

-65 dBc, >2 to 26.5 GHz 

For 2-20 or 26 GHz instruments: 

-65 dBc, 2 to 20 GHz or 2 to 26.5 GHz 

none 


Many spectrum analyzers have a tuned preselector when the frequency is above about 2 GHz. 

This reduces the likelihood of analyzer generated spurious signals, but does not eliminate the 

possibility. If in doubt, increase the RF attenuation of the analyzer by 10 dB. The signal in 

question should be reduced by exactly 10 dB. If not, it is analyzer generated. It is also 

important, for frequencies below the range of the preselector, that sufficient analyzer RF 

Attenuation be used (typically 30 dB) to avoid the analyzer generating harmonics of the input 

signal. The above attenuator shift technique will also allow verification of harmonic levels. 

If a spurious signal appears to be out of specification, first check that the fundamental signal 

level is at 0 dBm. Next verify the analyzer accuracy by connecting a known amplitude signal 

(from the GT 9000, for example) at the spurious frequency. 

The digi-dial of the GT 9000 may generate some noise spikes when it is rotated. The acquisition 

of the various phase lock loops in the instrument can also cause transients (within the specified 

settling time). Both of these effects will disappear when a steady state condition has been 

reached. 

It is important to identify the particular class of spurious signal as the specifications may be 

different for each. If the spurious signal is an exact multiple of the UUT RF output then the 

harmonic specification applies. Any other spurious signal must meet the non-harmonically 

related specification. 

For frequencies above the fundamental range of the spectrum analyzer, either a mixer supplied 

with the spectrum analyzer or an external mixer and local oscillator may be used to 

downconvert the signal. Care must be taken to identify spurious signals which are inherently 

generated by the mixing process. 



4.2.7 Single Sideband Phase Noise 

Specification 

Frequency 

Offset from Carrier 

100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 

250 MHz -87 -87 -85 -122 -135 

500 MHz -97 -95 -95 -127 -135 

2 GHz -90 -91 -90 -125 -130 

6 GHz -80 -83 -81 -115 -130 

10 GHz -75 -80 -80 -105 -128 

20 GHz -72 -75 -75 -105 -120 

2 GHz specification for 2-20 and 2-26 GHz instruments: 

2 GHz -83 -85 -84 -118 -130 

Description 

The test described here is limited by the measuring system and only verifies the majority of the 

phase noise specification. To completely test the phase noise specification requires a far more 

sophisticated measurement system. This test uses the spectrum analyzer to make all 

measurements from 100 Hz to 100 kHz offsets. The 100 Hz and 100 kHz offsets are particularly 

susceptible to measurement system limitations. 


Spectrum analyzer 

Coaxial cable 

Figure 4-3. Single-Sideband Phase Noise 

Procedure 

1. Connect the UUT RF output to the spectrum analyzer input. Place the UUT on a foam 

pad to isolate it from any external mechanical vibrations which could affect the phase 

noise measurement. 

2. Press [SHIFT] [RESET] on the UUT. 

3. For the first frequency on the Test Data Sheet which is within the range of the 

instrument, press [CW] and enter the frequency. Tune the spectrum analyzer to the 

generator frequency and adjust the UUT RF level to obtain a reference of 0 dBm on the 

analyzer. This allows direct measurement of the phase noise by the analyzer. 

4. Set the analyzer span such that the desired offset is at +2 divisions, select an appropriate 

bandwidth, activate the phase noise measurement and place the marker two divisions 

above the carrier. Read the phase noise in dBc/Hz. Repeat for all offsets. 

5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for the other Test Data Sheet frequencies which are within range of 

the UUT. 



4.2.8 RF Output Power Tests 

Specification 

Maximum Leveled Output: 

Minimum Output Level: 

Output Accuracy 

(internally leveled, Scan/AM 

off): 

Output Flatness: 

Frequency 

Range (GHz) 

Standard 

(dBm) 

With Option 26 

(dBm) 

.01 to 2 +13 +13 

>2 to 15 to 20 +13 +11 

20 to 26.5 +12 +10 

For 2-20 and 2-26 GHz instruments: 

2 to


Procedure 

1. Connect the power sensor to the UUT. Disable the leveling system of the UUT. Step the 

frequency across the particular instrument operating range in 50 MHz increments. At 

each point measure the power, apply the appropriate sensor correction factor, and plot 

the result. 

2. Using the above setup, set the UUT to 0 dBm with the leveling enabled. Again, step the 

frequency across the operating range; measure, correct, and plot the power. 

3. For instruments with Option 26: 

Connect the UUT to the measuring receiver via the downconverter. With the UUT at 

0 dBm and set to the first test frequency, establish a reference on the receiver. Reduce 

the UUT output in 10 dB steps, observing and recording the receiver reading. As 

needed, perform the recalibration requested by the receiver. 

4. Repeat for the remaining test frequencies. 



4.2.9 Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio Test 

Specification 

On/Off Ratio: 

>80 dB 

Description 

The GT 9000 is set to a CW frequency at a power level of 0 dBm. A spectrum analyzer is used 

to view the signal. The pulse modulation is then enabled and the resulting waveform is 

measured. 


Spectrum analyzer 

Coaxial cable 

Figure 4-5. Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio Test 

Procedure 

1. Connect the equipment as shown in the figure. Allow 20 minutes warm-up time. 

2. Press [SHIFT] [RESET] on the UUT and enter the first frequency on the test data sheet 

which is within the frequency range of the instrument. The RF power level should be at 

0 dBm. 

3. Tune the analyzer to the source frequency, select an analyzer span of 0 Hz, and fine tune 

the analyzer to place the line at the top of the screen graticule (adjust analyzer reference 

level as needed). 

4. Set the pulse modulation on the UUT as follows: Press [PM] [RATE] [100] [HZ] 

[WIDTH] [5] [MS] to establish a 100 Hz squarewave. 

5. Adjust the analyzer sweep time to display a few cycles of the waveform. Use internal 

triggering. Reduce resolution bandwidth and carefully retune the analyzer center 

frequency until the maximum resolution is achieved. Read and record the peak-to-peak 

value (use marker delta). 

6. Repeat steps 3 to 5 for all other Test Data Sheet frequencies which are within the range 

of the instrument. Note that the dynamic range of the analyzer may limit its 

measurement capability. 



4.2.10 Pulse Modulation Rise and Fall Time Test 

Specification 

Rise/fall Time: 


4.2.11 Pulse Modulation Overshoot and Settling Time 

Specification 

Overshoot/undershoot/ 

ringing: 

Settling Time: 

+2dB maximum 


5. Change the level setting of the UUT by plus and minus 2 dB and note the graticule position of 

the pulse on level. Return to the original level. Measure and record any undershoot/overshoot 

of the signal. 

6. Repeat steps 4 to 5 for each of the Test Data Sheet frequencies which is within the 

operating range of the instrument. 



4.2.12 Pulse Modulation Accuracy Test 

Specification 

Leveled Pulsed Output Power 

(referenced to leveled, 

unmodulated output power): 

+.5 dB, typical (> 100 ns pulse width) 

+1 dB, typical (< 100 ns pulse width) 


Oscilloscope 

Crystal detector 

Figure 4-8. Pulse Modulation Accuracy Test 

Procedure 

1. Connect the equipment as shown in the figure. The oscilloscope input impedance should 

be 50 Ω. Allow 20 minutes warm-up. 

2. Press [SHIFT] [RESET] on the UUT and set the frequency to the first Test Data Sheet 

frequency which is within the operating range of the instrument. 

3. Set the oscilloscope to 5 mv/div and using the vertical position of the oscilloscope, 

adjust the trace to the centerline of the screen. Change the level setting of the UUT by 

plus and minus 1 dB and note the trace position on the screen. Return to 0 dBm. 

4. Enable the pulse modulation of the UUT by pressing [PM] [MODE..(INT)] 

[SCROLL..(RATE)] [200] [kHz] [SCROLL..(WIDTH)] [.1] [US] [ON]. 

5. Measure and record the difference between the CW reference level and the negative 

peak of the pulse. 

6. Change the pulse width to 50 ns and again measure and record the difference between 

the CW reference level and the negative peak of the pulse. 

7. Repeat steps 3 to 6 for each Test Data Sheet frequency which is within the operating 

range of the instrument. 



4.2.13 Internal Pulse Generator Tests 

Specifications 

Repetition Rate Accuracy: 

Delay Accuracy: 

Width Accuracy: 

+ .02% of range maximum value 

The greater of: +1% of setting, or 20 ns. 

The greater of: +1% of setting, or 20 ns. 

Description 

The time interval counter is used to measure each of the specified parameters at the rear panel 

PM Video output. The pulse delay measurements are referenced to the rear panel PM Sync 

output. 


Time interval counter 

Figure 4-9. Internal Pulse Generator Tests 

Procedure 

1. Connect the PM sync to the counter A input and the PM Video to the B input. 

2. Set the counter to measure Freq A. For each Repetition Rate shown on the Test Data 

Sheet, measure and record the actual Pulse Repetition Frequency. 

3. Set the counter to measure TI A to B. For each Delay shown on the Test Data Sheet, 

measure and record the actual Pulse Delay. 

4. Disconnect Sync from Channel A. Connect Video to Channel A. Set the counter to 

measure Pulse width A. For each width shown on the Test Data Sheet, measure and 

record the actual Pulse Width. 



4.2.14 Frequency Modulation Tests 

Specifications 

Maximum Deviation 

(wide mode): 

Deviation Flatness (wide 

mode): 

External Sensitivity: 

2.5 MHz peak (2 GHz). 

For 2-20 or 2-26.5 GHz instruments: 

10 MHz peak (>2 GHz). 

+2dB for rates from 10 Hz to 1 MHz; 

+3 dB for rates from 1 to 5 MHz. 

Settable; calibrated for 1 Vp input (see 

specification, Chapter 1, for further information). 

Description 

The output from the UUT is connected to a discriminator. The discriminator output is monitored 

on an oscilloscope to determine deviation and bandwidth. 


Function Generator 

Oscilloscope 

Digital Voltmeter 

FM Test Fixture 

Figure 4-10. Frequency Modulation Test 

Procedure 

A special test fixture must be assembled to calibrate and test the frequency modulation circuits. 

The recommended FM test fixture includes an RF splitter, two lines of equal length, and an RF 

mixer. The RF output of the UTT is divided by the splitter into two signals, unequally delayed. 

The required differential delay can be obtained by using two coaxial cables of, for example, 5 

and 10 inches in length. The outputs of these delay lines are furnished to the two inputs of the 

RF mixer. For certain frequencies which may be identified by experiment, the mixer will 

produce a DC voltage near zero. The number of null frequencies can be increased by making 

the delay lines longer in absolute terms or by increasing the ratio between their lengths. If the 

output becomes frequency modulated, the mixer output voltage will change, and the voltage 

variation will be proportional to FM deviation. The polarity of the voltage change may be either 

directly or inversely related to the direction of frequency deviation. When voltage levels have 

been established for different frequencies, the mixer output can be monitored on an oscilloscope 

to provide a continuous display of FM deviation. 



1. Connect the FM test fixture to the RF OUT connector of the UUT. Monitor the mixer 

output with the oscilloscope (5 mV/div). For each test data sheet frequency, set the UUT 

to the closest null frequency (that is, at a frequency where the mixer output voltage is 

zero); +5 dBm out, no modulation. 

2. Establish the voltage at 3 MHz above and 3 MHz below the null frequency. Adjust the 

oscilloscope gain and the UUT output power level (near +5 dBm) to place the null point 

at the center of the screen and the 3 MHz deviation points at 3 divisions above and 3 

divisions below the null point. 

3. Instruments with Option 24: Set the UUT to the FM internal 100 kHz SINE mode. Set 

the FM deviation to 3 MHz. Verify that the waveform is six divisions peak to peak +.3 

divisions. 

4. Set the UUT to EXT FM. Connect the function generator, set it to 100 kHz rate SINE 

wave, 2 Vpp. Verify that the waveform is 6 divisions peak to peak, +.3. 

5. Adjust the UUT FM deviation for exactly a six division peak to peak display. Vary the 

function generator from 10 Hz to 1 MHz and verify that the display remains between 

five and seven divisions peak to peak. Vary the function generator from 1 to 5 MHz and 

verify that the display remains between four and eight divisions peak to peak. 



4.2.15 Internal Modulation Generator Tests (Option 24 Only) 

Specification 

Range: 

Accuracy: 

Resolution: 

Waveforms: 

10 Hz to 1 MHz 

+.01 Hz 

1 Hz 

Sine, square, triangle 

Description 

The output of each of the internal modulation generators (AM and FM) is connected to the 

frequency counter where the frequency range, resolution and accuracy is tested. The three 

waveforms are observed on an oscilloscope. 


Frequency counter 

Oscilloscope 

Figure 4-11. Internal Modulation Generator Tests 

Procedure 

1. Connect the equipment as shown in the figure. Allow about 20 minutes warm-up time. 

The AM and FM generator outputs are on the rear panel of the UUT. 

2. Set the UUT to AM INT SQR and connect the AM out to the counter. Set the AM RATE 

to 1 Hz and, using the period mode of the counter, determine the accuracy of the output. 

3. Select each frequency shown on the Test Data Sheet to verify proper resolution and 

range of the output. The counter should be in frequency measurement mode for these 

tests. 

4. Disconnect the modulation generator output from the counter and connect it to the 

oscilloscope. Select SQR, SIN, and TRI waveforms and verify a proper waveform. 

5. Set the UUT to FM INT SQR and connect the FM out to the counter. Set the FM RATE 

to 10 Hz and using the period mode of the counter, determine the accuracy of the output. 

6. Select each frequency shown on the Test Data Sheet to verify proper resolution and 

range of the output. The counter should be in frequency measurement mode for these 

tests. 

7. Disconnect the modulation generator output from the counter and connect it to the 

oscilloscope. Select SQR, SIN and TRI waveforms and verify a proper waveform. 





Model GT 9000 Test Data Sheet, p. 1 of 4 

Serial Number: 

Date: 

Tested By: 

Under Test Result record measured values 

(if any). In the case of a function check or 

range check, write OK to indicate that the 

unit under test meets specifications. 

Quality Assurance: 

Frequency Range, Resolution, Accuracy 

Test Result 

100 kHz digits.) 

XXXX.000000 MHz 







Spurious Signals Tests 

Frequency (MHz) Harmonics Non-Harmonics 

770.550 

1513.425 

3536.171 

9182.433 

17361.522 

23541.349 





Date: 

Tested By: 


Single Sideband Phase Noise (dBc/Hz) 

Frequency 

(MHz) 

Offset from Carrier 

100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 

1513.425 

3536.171 

9182.433 

17361.522 

23541.349 

RF Output Power 

Test Result 

Max. Power Level 

Power Level +1 dB 

Step Attenuator 

test frequencies 

1.0 GHz 

4.0 GHz 

12.0 GHz 

17.0 GHz 

Pulse Modulation Tests 

Frequency (GHz) 

On/Off 

(>80 dB) 

Rise/Fall 

(




Date: 

Tested By: 


Pulse Generator Tests — Rate 

Rate Set Tolerance Measured 

50 Hz 49.98 - 50.2 

500 Hz 499.8 - 500.2 

5 kHz 4.998 - 5.002 

50 kHz 49.98 - 50.02 

500 kHz 499.8 - 500.2 

Pulse Generator Tests — Delay 

Delay Set Tolerance Measured 

.5 sec .495 - .505 

50 ms 49.5 - 50.5 

5 ms 4.95 - 5.05 

.5 ms .495 - .505 

50 µs 49.5 - 50.5 

5 µs 4.95 - 5.05 

.5 µs .480 - .520 

50 ns 30 - 70 

Pulse Generator Tests — Width 

Width Set Tolerance Measured 

.5 sec .495 - .505 

50 ms 49.5 - 50.5 

5 ms 4.95 - 5.05 

.5 ms .495 - .505 

50 µs 49.5 - 50.5 

5 µs 4.95 - 5.05 

.5 µs .480 - .520 

100 ns 80 - 120 





Date: 

Tested By: 


Frequency Modulation Tests 

Parameter @ 1 GHz @ 4 GHz @ 12 GHz @ 22 GHz 

Deviation (5.7-6.3 div) 

Bandwidth (5-7 div) 

Bandwidth (4-8 div) 

Internal Modulation Generator Tests (Opt. 24) 

Test Result 

AM Accuracy test 

(+.001 Hz) 

1 Hz 

100 Hz 

1 kHz 

10 kHz 

100 kHz 

AM Mode Waveforms: Square, Sine, Triangle 

FM Accuracy test 

(+.001 Hz) 

1 Hz 

100 Hz 

1 kHz 

10 kHz 

100 kHz 

FM Mode Waveforms: Square, Sine, Triangle 


5 

Maintenance 


Under normal operation, the GT 9000 requires little regular maintenance. It is recommended 

that the calibration procedure (as described in Chapter 4 of this manual) be performed at 

one-year intervals to insure operational accuracy. The air inlet screen should be cleaned 

whenever a noticeable amount of dirt has accumulated. 

During the warranty period of the GT 9000, it is recommended that no user initiated service 

work be performed without first communicating with the factory (or our authorized 

representative). Often the problem can be readily isolated to a particular plug-in module, for 

which a replacement can be sent. 

Before any other analysis is attempted, three potential problem areas should be eliminated. 

First, be sure that all front and rear panel controls are properly set. An apparent malfunction 

may be the result of an operator error, such as selecting external modulation without furnishing 

the needed modulation input. Second, establish whether the problem exists only under remote 

control; if so, the cause could be a malfunctioning controller, an improper bus address, or an 

erroneous remote control command. Third, clean the plated edges of the plug-in circuit boards 

with a rubber eraser and alcohol (malfunctions are often caused by an accumulation of dirt on 

these edges). 



5.2 Malfunctions 

It is important to establish under what circumstances a malfunction does (and does not) occur. 

Failure may occur in only a portion of the frequency range or level range, or only in a particular 

operating mode. Explore different settings and modes in order to find the limits of the 

malfunction. It may be found that a malfunction occurs only during remote control operation 

(see Section 5.2.6). 

Six major areas of potential failure are addressed in this procedure. Each problem area is 

analyzed with a reference to the troubleshooting notes included in Section 5.3. 

5.2.1 General Failure 

Symptoms: The unit does not respond appropriately to commands from the front panel controls 

or IEEE-488 interface; the readouts are blank, erratic, or fixed in one state. 

Recommendations: 

1. Check the power supplies (see Section 5.3.1). 

2. Check the computer (see Section 5.3.2). 

5.2.2 Loss of RF Output 

Symptoms: No measurable power is present at the output connector, regardless of the RF level 

setting. The front panel LEVEL indicator may or may not be lit. 



2. If the LOCK LED is not lit, check the YIG oscillator (see Section 5.3.4). 

3. If the LEVEL LED is not lit, check the Microwave Module (see Section 5.3.5). 

4. If the LEVEL LED is lit, check the 10 dB step attenuator (see Section 5.3.3). 

5.2.3 Incorrect Output Level 

Symptoms: Output power is at a level other than that selected by the RF level setting. The front 

panel LEVEL indicator may or may not be lit. 


Before proceeding, be sure that the selected RF level is within the capability of the GT 9000. 

Although it must meet a maximum power specification, the actual maximum will be somewhat 

in excess of this, and will vary for different frequencies. When exceeding the normal power 

range, the LEVEL indicator may go out and the RF output may fall below the level requested. 

1. Check the RF Output connector. 


3. If the level error is a 10 dB multiple (e.g., -20 dBm instead of +10 dBm), check the 

10 dB step attenuator (see Section 5.3.3). 

4. Check the microwave module (see Section 5.3.5). 

5. Check the detector (see Section 5.3.6). 


Maintenance 

6. Check the level control circuit (see Section 5.3.7). 



5.2.4 Output Frequency Unlocked 

Symptoms: The LOCK indicator on the front panel is dark whenever any phase lock loop circuit 

is unlocked. The output frequency will drift; the degree of frequency error depends on where the 

fault is. 



2. Determine whether the unlock problem is band-related (check the front panel LOCK 

LED at 

.5 GHz, 5 GHz, and 15 GHz. 

a. If all bands are unlocked: 

Remove the A18 PC board and check the LOCK LED again. 

1) If the LOCK LED is lit: 

Check the Output PLL (see Section 5.3.8). 

Check the divide-by-N circuit on the frequency divider board (see Section 5.3.9). 

Check the reference mixer output (see Section 5.3.17). 

2) If the LOCK LED is not lit: 

Remove the A16 PC board (A18 is still removed) and check the LOCK LED again. 


Check the Reference PLL (see Section 5.3.18). 

Check the Reference YIG (see Section 5.3.4). 


Remove the A15 PC board (A18 and A16 are still removed) and check the 

LOCK LED again. 


Check the 1 Hz PLL (see Section 5.3.14). 


Remove the A14 PC board (A18, A16, and A15 are still removed) and check the 

LOCK LED again. 


Check the 100 MHz PLL (see Section 5.3.12). 


Check the LOCK LED or the circuit which drives it. 

b. If only one band is unlocked: Proceed as described above, unless the unlocked band is the 

range below .5 GHz; if that range is effected, check the Downconverter PLL (see 

Section 5.3.16). 


Maintenance 

5.2.5 Output Locked, but Frequency Incorrect 

Symptoms: The LOCK indicator is illuminated; the output frequency is stable, but incorrect. 


The troubleshooting procedure is the same as for the unlocked condition described in 

Section 5.2.4. The same circuits are likely to be at fault, even if there is no indication of unlock; 

the problem may be caused by improper control or reference inputs rather than by complete 

circuit failure. 

5.2.6 IEEE-488 Interface Malfunction 

Symptoms: The unit does not respond appropriately to commands sent via the interface, or 

exhibits a particular malfunction (see Section 5.2) only while under remote control. 



2. Verify that all commands used are appropriate (see Chapter 2 of the manual for a 

complete listing of valid remote commands), and that the correct bus address is being 

used. 

3. Verify that the controller is operating normally. 

4. Check the IEEE-488/Timer circuit (see Section 5.3.15). 



5.3 Troubleshooting Notes 

5.3.1 Power Supply 

This is the common denominator among malfunctions of all types. Because the GT 9000 has 

many regulated supplies, and they are not all used by all circuits, it is possible for the failure of 

a single supply to disable only a part of the system. For this reason power supply voltages 

should be checked whenever there is a malfunction, even though the malfunction may seem 

limited or localized. 

WARNING 

Dangerously high DC voltages are present inside the Switching Power Supply 

module. Do not attempt to open this module. 

Power supplies that originate on the A11 PC board are listed in Table 5-1. 

Table 5-1. Power Supplies on the A11 PC Board 

Supply Origin Application 

Fan (~+22.6 V; divided down from +24 V input 

A11-11 Cooling fan 

from the switching power supply module) 

The four +12 V switched supplies listed below are all derived from the +15 V input from the switching power supply 

module; they are dedicated to particular band-related amplifiers within the microwave module, and are switched off when 

the instrument is not within the frequency range which requires that amplifier. 

20-26.5 +12 V A11-27 amplifier in the microwave module that is ON in 

the 20-26.5 GHz range 

2-20 +12 V A11-29 as above, 2-20 range 

.01-20 +12 V A11-31 as above, .01-20 range 

.01-2 +12 V A11-33 as above, .01-2 range 

+12 VSB (28-40 +12 V) A11-15 reserved for future applications 

+12 VSA (20-28 +12 V) A11-19 reserved for future applications 

+35 V A11-83 fluorescent display drivers 

Unregulated +20" 

A11-85 relay driver for AC power relay 

(~+23.4 V) 

+15 VB A11-95 heater supply for timebase & 100 MHz crystal 

oscillator (on in standby mode) 


Maintenance 

Power supplies that originate within the switching power supply module are listed in Table 5-2 

(the locations cited are convenient measurement points, not points of origin). 

Table 5-2. Switching Power Supply Module 

Supply Measurement Point Application 

+24 V A13-89 YIG oscillators, analog circuits, relay drivers for the step attenuator 

-5 V A13-95 ECL logic circuits 

-15 V A13-93 analog circuits 

+5 V A13-97 TTL logic circuits 

+15 V A13-91 analog circuits 

Corrective Action 

Measure all of the listed supplies. 

1. If all supplies are at 0 volts: 

Check the fuse; if it is open, replace it with a fuse of the correct value. 

2. If the fuse fails repeatedly: 

a. Unplug the A11 PC board and the Switching Power Supply input. Apply AC power to the 

instrument through a variac with an internal current meter. Slowly bring up the variac 

voltage to the normal line voltage. 

b. If excessive current draw occurs, check the line filter and relay. 

c. Reduce the variac voltage and plug in the A11 PC board. Slowly bring up the variac voltage 

to the normal line voltage. 

d. If excessive current draw occurs, investigate the A11 PC board, or replace it with a spare. 

e. Reduce the variac voltage and connect the Switching Power Supply input. Slowly bring up 

the variac voltage to the normal line voltage. 

f. If excessive current draw occurs, replace the Switching Power Supply. 

3. If one supply is at an incorrect voltage: 

a. Isolate the supply from its load by disconnecting the supply at its origin. Use a laboratory 

power supply (with a current meter) as a substitute for the disabled supply. 

b. If excessive current draw occurs: 

c. Remove all plug-in circuit boards except for the A11 PC board. Re-install the boards one at 

a time, in order to isolate the overload to a particular board. 

d. Load down the isolated power supply with a high wattage resistor. 

e. If the supply cannot drive a proper load: 

f. Assuming that the supply originates on the A11 PC board, investigate that board, or replace 

it with a spare. If the supply comes from the Switching Power Supply module, replace that 

module. 



5.3.2 The Computer 

All functions are controlled by the computer, and a general computer failure will lead to a 

general system failure. The computer is based on the Motorola 68000 microprocessor. It uses a 

bus architecture which corresponds on a one-to-one basis with the signals from and to the 

68000 chip. 


Four circuit boards house the computer: 

A1 — This is the Front Panel Interface board, which acts as an interface between the 

microprocessor and the front panel. 

A2 — This is the IEEE-488/Timer board. It includes the interface between the CPU and 

the remote control bus, as well as the timer circuit for the CPU and driver circuits for 

the step attenuator. 

A3 — This is the Memory board, which holds the ROM devices in which the operating 

software is stored, as well as the RAM chips used by the computer for temporary data 

storage. 

A4 — This is the CPU board, which houses the microprocessor and the address 

decoding logic through which it runs the instrument. 

When a computer failure is suspected, the best way to troubleshoot the system is to isolate the 

problem to board level by substituting known good PC boards. If the problem persists with good 

spares, the problem is most likely on the computer bus board (the motherboard) into which the 

computer boards are plugged. Many computer problems are caused by dirt on the connections 

between these boards. 

If the computer seems to have become lost, it can be reset either by pressing the reset button on 

the CPU board (A4) or by turning the power switch off and on. 

5.3.3 10 dB Step Attenuator (Option 26) 

The programmable attenuator is capable of attenuating the RF output by as much as 110 dB, 

depending on the frequency range of the instrument; if the output is not at the desired power 

level, the cause may be that the attenuator is improperly set. Note that the attenuator is outside 

of the leveling loop, and therefore the leveling system cannot detect, or compensate for, 

attenuator errors. 


The internal structure of the programmable attenuator includes a series of relays which add or 

remove lossy elements (10 dB, 20 dB, 40 dB, etc.) in suitable combinations to achieve the desired 

total attenuation. The relay drivers which select these increments are located on the IEEE/Timer 

circuit board (A2). Verify that the attenuator is receiving the appropriate drive signals; if not, 

investigate the drivers on the IEEE/Timer board and the computer logic lines which control them. 


Maintenance 

5.3.4 YIG Oscillator 

All YIG oscillators require +15 V and +24 V supplies; some may also require a -5 V supply. In 

addition to the power supply requirements, the YIG oscillator must have current supplied to its 

tuning coil within an appropriate range in order to generate an RF output of any kind. If tuning 

coil current is excessive or insufficient, there will be no signal, and the front panel LOCK LED 

will not be lit. 


Table 5-3 shows expected voltages on the positive and negative tuning coil pins of the YIG oscillator 

(these voltages are approximate). If the measured voltage is wrong, turn off line power and measure 

the resistance to ground (approximate normal values are shown in the table). 

Table 5-3. YIG Oscillator Tuning Coil Pins 

YIG 

Oscillator 

Output 

Frequency 

+ Tune Pin 

(volts/ohms) 

- Tune Pin 

(volts/ohms) 

Power 

Output 

2-8 5 GHz +4.0 V / 16 Ω + 0.7 V / 3 Ω +18 dBm 

8-20 15 GHz +7.0 V / 8 Ω +2.4 V / 3 Ω +16 dBm 

20-26 24 GHz +8.0 V / 10 Ω +2.4 V / 3 W +16 dBm 

1.9-8.7* 5 GHz +4.0 V / 16 Ω +0.7 V / 3 Ω +17 dBm 

*The reference YIG, relevant to lock problems only. 

The FM- pin should have about 0.5 Ω to ground. 

If the coil current is out of range, investigate the NPN transistor and the YIG driver circuit (A19) 

which drives its base. 

5.3.5 Microwave Module 

The signal path through the RF module includes a voltage controlled attenuator circuit, or 

leveler. The level control circuit board (A10) has an output which drives the leveler pin on the 

outside of the module. The leveler increases attenuation as the control voltage input becomes 

more positive, and reduces attenuation as the input becomes more negative; sensitivity to the 

control voltage varies for individual instruments. Several other control biases are required for 

normal operation. 


Measure the RF output at J11. It should be at least +16 dBm; if not, measure the control biases 

shown in Table 5-4 (readings are approximate, and are in volts referenced to ground). 



Table 5-4. Microwave Module Control Biases 

Module Pin 

Bias Origin 

Normal Bias Voltages for Microwave Module Pins 

(at 0 dBm out, no modulation) 

(at 1 GHz out) (at 5 GHz out) (at 15 GHz out) 

P1-1 A14-J1-74 0.8 0.8 -12.2 

P1-2 A17-J1-78 14.8 14.8 14.8 

P1-3 A14-J1-78 4.6 4.6 4.6 

P1-4 A14-J1-73 0.8 0.8 -12.2 

P1-5 A19-J1-81 0.8 0.8 0.8 

P1-6 A11-J1-29 0.0 15.0 15.0 

P1-7 A19-J1-79 0.8 0.8 0.8 

P1-8 A19-J1-80 0.8 -10.4 0.8 

P1-9 A19-J1-84 14.8 14.8 14.8 

P1-10 A17-J1-62 3.2 3.2 3.2 

P1-11 A14-J1-64 -12.2 -12.2 0.8 

P1-13 A14-J1-70 0.8 0.8 -12.2 

P1-14 A14-J1-63 -12.2 -12.2 0.8 

P1-15 A17-J1-70 14.8 14.8 14.8 

P1-16 A17-J1-66 -9.6 -9.6 0.8 

P1-17 A11-J1-31 15.0 15.0 15.0 

P1-18 A17-J1-74 -14.4 -14.4 -14.4 

P1-19 A14-J1-69 0.8 0.8 -12.4 

P1-20 A17-J1-76 14.8 14.8 14.8 

P1-21 A14-J1-82 -13.0 3.8 3.8 

P1-23 A14-J1-81 3.8 -13.0 -13.0 

P1-24 A11-J1-31 15.0 15.0 15.0 

P1-25 A19-J1-82 0.8 0.8 0.8 

P1-26 A14-J1-65 -12.2 -12.2 0.8 

P1-27 A19-J1-83 0.8 0.8 -10.4 

P1-28 A19-J1-78 -13.0 0.8 0.8 

P1-29 A11-J1-31 15.0 15.0 15.0 

P1-33 A17-J1-64 -3.0 -3.0 -3.0 

P1-34 A17-J1-68 0.8 0.8 -9.6 

P1-35 A14-J1-62 -12.2 -12.2 0.8 

P1-36 A14-J1-61 -12.2 -12.2 0.8 

P1-37 A14-J1-66 0.8 0.8 -10.8 

J4 A10-J1-44 -4.0 0.2 0.4 

J7 A5-J1-60 -5.8 -5.8 +0.4 

J18 A10-J1-48 -0.2 +0.4 +0.2 

J17 A5-J1-64 0.4 0.4 -6.0 

5.3.6 Detector 

The leveling system requires feedback from the RF path in order to control output power. This 

is provided by a negative-output diode detector, driven by a signal coupled from the RF output. 

For output frequencies above 500 MHz, the detector takes its input signal from a coupler in the 

output path (the coupler is attached to the J11 connector on the microwave module). For output 

frequencies below 500 MHz (if applicable), a coupled output is available at the J9 connector on 

the microwave module, and the detector is connected directly to that output. An external 

detector can also be used, by attaching the cable from the external detector to the external ALC 

input on the rear panel. 


Maintenance 


1. Be sure that the correct leveling mode is activated (external ALC should not be enabled 

unless an external detector is in use). 

2. A failure of the internal detector is unlikely, but it is important to verify that the 

detector signal is in fact being received by the level control board (A10). When there is 

an apparent failure of the leveling system, disconnecting the detector cable and 

observing the resulting changes is often a revealing experiment. 

3. If the problem occurs above 500 MHz, set the output frequency to 5 GHz, and 

disconnect the coax from J2 on the Detector Buffer board (A200). The front panel 

output should be approximately +18 dBm. 

4. Measure the center conductor of the coax with a voltmeter; it should be at approximately 

-300 mV. 

5. If the problem occurs below 500 MHz, set the output frequency to 400 MHz, and 

disconnect the coax from J3 on the Detector Buffer board (A200). The front panel 

output should be approximately +18 dBm. 

6. Measure the center conductor of the coax with a voltmeter; it should be at approximately 

-500 mV. 

5.3.7 Level Control Circuit 

The level control circuit board (A10) is basically a loop amplifier which must balance a variable 

input (feedback from the level detector) against a reference signal. The detector can be either 

the internal detector mounted outside the RF module, or a remote detector (in the external ALC 

mode). The reference signal is programmed by the system computer, and incorporates level 

characterization data unique to the instrument in which it is installed. The level control circuit, 

using its output to drive the leveler in the RF module, adjusts output power in whichever 

direction will equalize the reference and variable inputs to the loop amplifier. So long as the 

output is between the extremes of its control range, the output is leveled and the indicator on 

the front panel will remain lit. 


1. If the LEVEL indicator on the front panel is dark, the leveler output should be at one 

extreme or the other of its control range, and comparing the control signal with the 

result will indicate the nature of the problem (see Section 5.3.6). If the indicator is lit, 

the control signal should be within its control range, and if the output power is 

nevertheless incorrect, it is likely that the level control circuit is receiving a bad input, is 

defective, or has been incorrectly calibrated. 

2. If possible, replace the level control circuit with a spare. Make sure that the 

potentiometers on the board have not been improperly adjusted (see the calibration 

procedure in Chapter 4). Check all inputs and control signals to the board, the data lines 

to the digital/analog converter, the AM input, the AM control line, and the detector 

input. Be sure that the instrument has not been set to the wrong leveling mode (if an 

external detector is not being used, external ALC should be off). An excellent way to 

investigate a problem in the leveling system is to open the loop, by disconnecting the 

detector or the leveler control line, and observe the resulting changes. 



5.3.8 Output Phase Lock Loop 

This circuit is located on the A18 PC board. 


1. Verify that the coarse tuning of the YIG is not pushing the frequency out of the control 

range of the PLL. Remove the A18 board, and check the RF output with a frequency 

counter; it should be within 10 MHz of the requested frequency. If not: 

2. Check the YIG driver circuit (see Section 5.3.10). 

3. Check the YIG oscillator (see Section 5.3.4). 

4. Verify that an appropriate input from the divide-by-N circuit (see A17) is being received. 

5. The output from the FM drivers (U20 - U22) goes more negative to increase the YIG 

output frequency, more positive to decrease frequency; be sure that the PLL output is 

not driving the YIG oscillator in the wrong direction. 

6. Verify continuity between the output of the PLL circuit (there are separate outputs for 

different frequency ranges) and the YIG FM- input pin. 

7. If possible, replace the circuit with a spare. 

5.3.9 Divide-By-N 

This circuit is one half of the frequency divider PC board (A17). 


Verify that the circuit is being programmed with the correct divisor, by checking the inputs to the logic 

level translator ICs at the frequencies listed in Table 5-5 (the inputs to these ICs are at TTL levels). 

Table 5-5. Logic Level Inputs 

Expected Logic Levels 

Bit IC/pin 

@ 10.000 GHz @ 10.161 GHz @ 10.001 GHz 

(see note) 

@ 10.033 GHz 

(see note) 

0 U3-5 H L 

1 U3-10 H L 

2 U3-7 H L 

3 U2-11 H L 

4 U2-10 H L 

5 U2-7 L L H 

6 U2-5 H L 

7 U1-7 L L H 

8 U1-5 L H 

Bits 0 through 8 are tested for different output frequencies to verify that they toggle as expected. Frequencies of 10.000 and 

10.161 GHz are sufficient to test all but two of these bits. Bits 5 and 7 do not toggle between those two frequencies, and must be 

checked at 10.001 and 10.033 GHz, respectively (otherwise the latter frequencies are not needed for this test). If possible, replace the 

circuit with a spare. 


Maintenance 

5.3.10 YIG Driver 



1. If this circuit is tuning the YIG oscillator to the wrong frequency, the error may be too 

large for the output PLL to correct. The problem sometimes occurs after incorrect 

adjustment of the MIN and MAX pots, in which case the output loop may be able to 

lock at some frequencies but not others. If the instrument develops phase lock problems 

after calibration of the YIG driver, try repeating the adjustment. Be sure to follow the 

correct calibration procedure as outlined in Chapter 4. 

2. If the driver calibration is not to blame for the unlocked condition, attempts to adjust it 

may only aggravate the problem. Therefore, it is a good idea to determine first whether 

the driver output is approximately correct for the requested output frequency. 

3. The oscillator tuning coil has a sensitivity of about 20 MHz/mA. The NPN transistor (on 

the Main Tune board, A107) which controls the coil current is driven at its base by a 

control voltage from the YIG driver (see Section 5.3.5). 

4. If the driver output seems substantially wrong, the cause could be bad control data to 

the digital/analog converter, or bad calibration. If the driver is properly programmed and 

calibrated, the approximate voltages listed in Table 5-6 should be present. 

Table 5-6. Expected Voltages on the YIG Driver 

YIG IC/Pin @ 1 GHz @ 5 GHz @ 15 GHz @ 24 GHz 

Reference U5-7 7.0 5.6 5.6 1.2 

U5-1 4.5 5.4 5.4 8.0 

2-8 U7-7 6.8 5.4 5.4 5.4 

U7-1 4.6 5.4 20.3 20.3 

8-20 U11-7 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 

U11-1 20.3 20.3 9.0 20.3 

20-26 U13-7 3.8 3.8 4.2 3.8 

U13-1 20.3 20.3 20.3 20.3 

If possible, replace the circuit with a spare. 

5.3.11 100 MHz Module 

This circuit board (A201) is encased in an aluminum housing mounted on the underside of the 

microwave chassis. 


This circuit is not easily accessible for test purposes; the most that can normally be done to 

investigate it in the field is to verify that the inputs are correct. 



5.3.12 100 MHz PLL 



1. Verify that the 10 MHz master reference input is being received. 

2. Verify that the 100 MHz input is being received. 


5.3.13 10 MHz Master Reference 

The internal timebase is located in the rear left of the unit; the 10 MHz input/output circuit is 

located on the 100 MHz PLL circuit board (A14). 


5.3.14 1 Hz PLL 

1. Verify that the signals from the internal timebase, and from the external timebase (if 

any), are being received by the 10 MHz input/output circuit. 

2. Verify that the 10 MHz signal from the input/output circuit is reaching the various PLL 

circuits which require it. 



1. Verify that the 10 MHz input is being received from the master reference. 

2. Verify that the 10-12 MHz output is reaching the Ref /DC PLL. 


5.3.15 IEEE-488 Interface/Timer Circuit 

This circuit is found on the A2 PC board. 


Verify that these data and control lines have continuity to the rear panel connector and to the CPU. If 

possible, replace the circuit with a spare. 

5.3.16 Downconverter PLL 



1. First, investigate the coarse tuning output to the downconverter fixed local oscillator, as 

follows: set the instrument to 1.000 GHz, ground TP2 on the REF/DC PLL board (A16), 

and verify that the output frequency is accurate within 15 MHz. 

2. Verify that the A16 board is receiving the 10 MHz reference input and the DC Sampler 

IF input from the 100 MHz module (A201). Verify that the fine tuning output (A16 

J1-65) is reaching the Output PLL (A18). 


Maintenance 

5.3.17 Reference Mixer 

The mixer is located inside the microwave module. The IF output from the mixer is furnished to 

the Divide-by-N circuit; the RF and LO inputs to the mixer are also present at measurable levels 

on this IF output, so all three signals can be checked at the same place. 


Remove the Output PLL PC board, A18 (this disables the YIG FM coil). Disconnect the coaxial cable 

from J2 on the Divide-by-N PC board (A17), and connect it to the input of a spectrum analyzer, 

using appropriate adapters. Expected frequencies and levels are shown in Table 5-7; these values are 

approximate, because the Output PLL is unlocked and cable loss is variable. 

Table 5-7. Expected Reference Mixer Signals 

Frequency Setting IF (freq/level) LO (freq/level) RF (freq/level) 

1 GHz 95 MHz / -43 dBm 7810 MHz / -40 dBm 7905 MHz / -78 dBm 




5.3.18 Reference PLL 

This circuit is located on the Ref/DC PLL circuit board (A16). 


1. Verify that the reference sampler input is being received from the 100 MHz reference 

oscillator (A201). 

2. Verify that the 10-12 MHz input is being received from the 1 Hz PLL circuit (A15), or 

that an external 5-6 MHz input is being received from the rear panel BNC. 





6 

Parts Lists 


This chapter contains the parts lists for all major and minor assemblies in the Model GT 9000 

Microwave Synthesizer. Section 6-2 contains a list of manufacturers. 

GT9000/.01-20 MICROWAVE SIGNAL GENERATOR, Rev: C 

Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description 

1 120AA14300 1 58900 120AA14300 ACCESSORIES ASY 

2 120BA13900 1 58900 120BA13900 4 CONN MTG PLATE ASY 

3 120DA00500 1 58900 120DA00500 .01-20 GHZ FREQ. ASSY 

4 120DA00750 1 58900 120DA00750 GT9000 PCB ASSY SET 

5 120DA00952 1 58900 120DA00952 GT9000 CHASSIS W/ SW PS 

6 1204206652 1 58900 1204206652 GT9000 FRONT PANEL ASY 

7 120DA11250 1 58900 120DA11250 GT9000 BENCH MT DRESS 

8 120AA21600 1 58900 120AA21600 GT9000/S SOFTWARE 

9 120AT20099 REF 58900 120AT20099 GT9000/S PROCEDURES 

10 1201221900 1 58900 1201221900 GT9000/S BASIC SOFT COAX ASY 

11 30659 REF 58900 30659 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, GT9000 

130 120AM00250 1 58900 120AM00250 MODEL GT9000 MANUAL 





3 120DA00510 1 58900 120DA00510 .5-20 GHZ FREQ. ASSY 












GT9000/2-20 MICROWAVE SIGNAL GENERATOR, Rev: C 




3 120DA00520 1 58900 120DA00520 2-20 GHZ FREQ ASSY 














3 120DA00501 1 58900 120DA00501 .01-26 GHZ FREQ ASSY 














3 120DA00511 1 58900 120DA00511 .5-26 GHZ FREQ ASSY 










GT9000/2-26 MICROWAVE SIGNAL GENERATOR, Rev: C 




3 120DA00521 1 58900 120DA00521 2-26 GHZ FREQ ASSY 











Parts Lists 

120DA00952 GT9000 CHASSIS W/ SW PS, Rev: G 


1 120DF03700 2 58900 120DF03700 SIDE GUSSET 

2 120DF03601 1 58900 120DF03601 COMPUTER CHASSIS 7XXX 

3 120CF01700 1 58900 120CF01700 CARD CAGE REAR WALL 

4 120CF02100 1 58900 120CF02100 CARD CAGE FRONT WALL 

5 120DF02400 1 58900 120DF02400 CHASSIS SUPPORT 

6 120CF05000 1 58900 120CF05000 I/O CARD CAGE - REAR WALL 

7 120CF05100 1 58900 120CF05100 I/O CARD CAGE -FRONT WALL 

8 420BF51301 1 58900 420BF51301 RELAY/FILTER MTG PL;GT9000/S 

9 LFA0-05250 1 58900 LFA0-05250 5A RFI POWERLINE FILTER 

10 JPS0-20006 1 09769 2-530654-1 12 PIN PC EDGE CONN 

11 RW03-08000 1 91637 RS-2B-800-1 800 OHM 3W WIREWOUND 

12 4204253000 1 58900 4204253000 GT9000 CHASSIS HARNESS 

13 4203253600 1 58900 4203253600 .01-26.5 GHz SUBASSY HARNESS 

14 120DA11052 1 58900 120DA11052 GT9000 R/P ASY FOR SW PS 

15 HGP1-02500 21 58900 HGP1-02500 2.5 DEEP CARD GUIDE 

16 HGP1-04125 17 58900 HGP1-04125 4.125 DEEP CARD GUIDE 

17 120BA10300 1 58900 120BA10300 I/O BUSS RIBBON CBL ASY 

18 1201222000 1 58900 1201222000 GT9000/S CHASSIS SOFT COAX ASY 

20 HIGR-00437 1 06540 1155A 7/16 GROMMET 

22 120BF13100 1 58900 120BF13100 MAIN TUNE XSTR MTG. BAR 

23 QBNP-06486 4 04713 2N6486 2N6486 15A 40V 75W NPN 

24 HQIS-01260 4 55285 7403-09FR-51 TO126 INSULATOR 

25 HQWN-02200 4 04713 B51547F019 TO220 SHOULDER WASHER 

28 GFU0-00804 1 53387 4504 ADH TAPE .5W X .25 THICK 

29 HQWC-01260 4 04713 B52200F006 TO126 DOME WASHER 

30 WKA0-25000 30 92194 FIT221-1/4 BLACK 1/4 SHRINK TUBING 

35 HTM0-00003 5 58900 HTM0-00003 CABLE TIE ANCHOR 

36 WKC0-37500 6 92194 FIT221-3/8 3/8 SHRINK TUBE 

42 120AW11050 REF 58900 120AW11050 REAR PANEL W/L; GT9000 

44 120AW00952 REF 58900 120AW00952 CHASSIS W/L;GT9000 SW P/S 

45 120AW01002 REF 58900 120AW01002 COMP BUS BD W/L;GT9000S 

102 HBPP-44004 8 26233 NS137CR440R4 4-40 X 1/4 PAN 


106 HBPP-63206 3 58900 HBPP-63206 6-32 X 3/8 PAN 

107 HBPP-63204 11 58900 HBPP-63204 6-32 X 1/4 PAN 

108 HBFP-63204 46 58900 HBFP-63204 6-32 X 1/4 FLAT 

111 HWSS-40300 10 58900 HWSS-40300 #4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK 



114 HWFS-40400 19 58900 HWFS-40400 #4 X 1/4 FLAT WASHER 



117 HNKS-44004 4 58900 HNKS-44004 4-40 KEP NUT 

118 HTM0-00001 3 06383 TA1S8 ANCHOR MOUNT 

119 HTM0-00002 3 06383 TM2S8 TIE MOUNT 


121 HNSS-44004 1 58900 HNSS-44004 4-40 HEX NUT 

123 HBPP-44009 6 58900 HBPP-44009 4-40 X 9/16 PAN 

124 HLLT-60212 1 79963 505-144 # 6 #6 SOLDER LUG 

125 HIGP-00090 1 65664 GRNY 085-9-C FLEXIBLE GROMMET 


128 HBPP-83205 1 58900 HBPP-83205 8-32 X 5/16 PAN 

129 HBPP-44008 2 58900 HBPP-44008 4-40 X 1/2 PAN 

131 HBPP-63205 10 58900 HBPP-63205 6-32 X 5/16 PAN 

132 HBFP-44005 2 26233 NS139CR440R5 4-40 X 5/16 FLAT 

A11 120BA04650 1 58900 120BA04650 POWER SUPPLY PCA 

A100 120BA01000 1 58900 120BA01000 COMPUTER BUS PCA 

A101 120BA07300 1 58900 120BA07300 I/O BUSS PCA 

A107 120BA12900 1 58900 120BA12900 MAIN TUNE PCA 

A208 30650 1 58900 30650 GT9000 POWER SUPPLY 

RL1 SEW0-00302 1 94696 W388CQX-11 3PDT 24 VDC RELAY 



120DA11052 GT9000 R/P ASY FOR SW PS, Rev: F 


0 30246 REF 58900 30246 CHASSIS WIRELIST FOR SW P/S 

10 30237 1 58900 30237 REAR PANEL GT9000/S (VDE) 

11 JLFF-16250 1 05245 6EDL4C AC INPUT MODULE 

12 FSAC-00400 1 58900 FSAC-00400 4A SB FUSE 3AG 

13 HLLT-K1114 4 79963 761-375 3/8 (BNC) SOLDER LUG 

14 BD00-15024 1 ——- A31257-10A 24VDC 4 5/8" FAN 

15 BHG0-05000 2 58900 BHG0-05000 5" FAN FINGER GUARD 

16 120BA14200 1 58900 120BA14200 IEEE INTERFACE CABLE ASY 

17 420BF51800 1 58900 420BF51800 XFMR MTG PLATE;GT9000/S 

18 120CC09000 1 0JBU8 120CC09000 HI STAB TRANSFORMER 

19 BHS0-03000 1 58900 BHS0-03000 3.3" FAN SCREEN 

20 BHG0-03000 1 ——- LZ22N-1 3" FAN FINGER GUARD 

21 120BF16900 2 58900 120BF16900 HANDLE 

23 HIGR-00437 4 06540 1155A 7/16 GROMMET 

24 HSCR-60404 4 06540 9224A140 #6 X 1/4 CLEAR SPACER 



103 HBPP-63208 4 58900 HBPP-63208 6-32 X 1/2 PAN 



106 HBPP-83208 4 58900 HBPP-83208 8-32 X 1/2 PAN 




110 HBPP-63214 4 58900 HBPP-63214 6-32 X 7/8 PAN 

111 HBPP-63210 4 58900 HBPP-63210 6-32 X 5/8 PAN 





J1 HPM0-00375 1 2R182 652 3/8 HOLE PLUG 

J2 JRDF-00001 1 09769 31-221-RFX BNC F PANEL MOUNT 







1204206652 GT9000 FRONT PANEL ASY, Rev: B 


0 120AW06650 REF 58900 120AW06650 FRONT PANEL W/L;GT9000 

1 120DF04320 1 58900 120DF04320 FRONT SUB PNL. NVFD 

2 120CA16450 1 58900 120CA16450 GT9000/S FRONT PANEL OUT 

7 HSDH-40504 1 55566 4531-440-SS-0 4-40 X 5/16 M/F SPACER 

8 HSDH-40604 2 55566 4-40 X 3/8 M/F SPACER 

10 KBR0-12525 1 ——- KN-1251B-1/4 BLK ROUND KNOB W/O INDICATOR 

11 120BA09600 2 58900 120BA09600 11 DIG DISP RBN CBL ASY 

12 120BA09700 1 58900 120BA09700 5 DIG DISP RBN CABLE ASY 

13 120BA09800 1 58900 120BA09800 9 DIG DISP RBN CABLE ASY 

15 120BA10000 1 58900 120BA10000 DATA ENTRY RBN CABLE ASY 

16 120BA10100 1 58900 120BA10100 DISP DRIVER RBN CBL ASY 

17 120BA10201 1 58900 120BA10201 OPT ENCODER HARNESS ASSY 

18 JRDF-00001 3 09769 31-221-RFX BNC F PANEL MOUNT 

19 HLLT-K1114 3 79963 761-375 3/8 (BNC) SOLDER LUG 







A20 1202221000 1 58900 1202221000 GT9000 DISP DRIVER PCA 

A103 120BA05520 1 58900 120BA05520 11 DIGIT DISPLY PCA NVFD 

A104 120BA05621 1 58900 120BA05621 5 DIGIT DISPLAY PCA NVFD 

A105 120BA04850 1 58900 120BA04850 PUSHBUTTON PCA 

A106 120BA01512 1 58900 120BA01512 DATA ENTRY M7100 PCA 


Parts Lists 

120CA16450 GT9000/S FRONT PANEL OUT, Rev: A 


1 WCAS-18003 1 58900 WCAS-18003 3" 18GHZ SEMI-FLEX COAX 

2 107BF01700 1 58900 107BF01700 SMA CONNECTOR MOUNT FLAN 

3 107BF01701 1 58900 107BF01701 SMA CONNECTOR MOUNT SPAC 

4 JRAB-00200 1 96341 2784-5002-00 SMA F BULK MT CONN 



120DA00750 GT9000 PCB ASSY SET, Rev: C 


1 420BA48600 1 58900 420BA48600 LEVEL ASY;GT9000 

A1 120BA01300 1 58900 120BA01300 FRONT PANEL I/F PCA 

A2 120BA05300 1 58900 120BA05300 IEEE / TIMER PCA 

A3 120BA01200 1 58900 120BA01200 MEMORY PCA 

A4 120BA01100 1 58900 120BA01100 CPU PCA 

A5 120BA09303 1 58900 120BA09303 PULSE DRIVER PCA 

A6 120BA09401 1 58900 120BA09401 AM/FM DRIVER PCA 

A14 120BA06951 1 58900 120BA06951 100 MHz PLL PCA 

A15 120BA08800 1 58900 120BA08800 1 HZ PLL PCA 

A16 120BA07000 1 58900 120BA07000 REF/DC PLL PCA 

A17 120BA07150 1 58900 120BA07150 DIVIDE BY N PCA 

A18 120BA07250 1 58900 120BA07250 OUTPUT PLL PCA 

A19 120BA08350 1 58900 120BA08350 YIG DRIVER PCA 

A21 101BA39101 1 58900 101BA39101 HI STAB OSC PCA 

A5 A1 120BA12550 1 58900 120BA12550 GT9000 PULSE GENERATOR 

420BA48600 LEVEL ASY;GT9000, Rev: A 





A10 420BA47500 1 58900 420BA47500 GT9000 LEVEL PCA 

A10A1 420BA50500 1 58900 420BA50500 LEVEL DRIVER AM 9000 PCA 



120DA00501 .01-26 GHZ FREQ ASSY, Rev: F 


1 420DA46900 1 58900 420DA46900 GT9000 STD MICROWAVE DEC 

2 MCD3-00226 1 62331 2616SE 1.7-26.5 GHZ DIRECTIONAL DET 

3 420BF41401 1 58900 420BF41401 DIR DETECTOR MT;GT9000/S 

4 420CA46800 1 58900 420CA46800 100 MHZ MT ASY;2SAMP;GT9 

6 420BA48300 1 58900 420BA48300 DC/FILT CHASSIS HARN ASY 

7 MDS0-00002 1 62331 301E .01-20GHZ SMA DETECTOR 

8 30413 1 58900 30413 .01-26.5 GHz SUBASSY 

9 420DA49404 1 58900 420DA49404 .01-26 SEMI-FLEX CABLE ASY 

10 420AW49800 REF 58900 420AW49800 .01-2 DOWNC COAX W/L 

11 004BA34700 1 58900 004BA34700 GT9000/S .01-2 DOWNC ASY 

12 004BA34600 1 58900 004BA34600 GT9000/S .01-2 FILTER AS 

15 JRAT-00050 1 96341 2001-6113-00 50 OHM SMA TERMINATION 

20 MPFS-01806 1 96341 2082-6142-06 6DB SMA M/F PAD 

21 MYYT-L1826 1 24539 Y089-4084 18-26.5 LO NOISE YIG 

22 420BF41500 1 58900 420BF41500 OSCILLATOR MOUNT; EXC 

23 DPAB-05391 1 14936 1N5391 1N5391 1.5A 35V DIODE 

24 RN55-00150 1 91637 RN55C15R0F 15 OHMS 1% MET FILM 

25 004BA33101 1 58900 004BA33101 AMP/LVL/MOD ASY 20-26GHZ 

26 1202321100 1 58900 1202321100 GT9000/S 20-26GHz MOD MT 

27 JRAB-00000 1 34078 ADT-2850-FF-35M-02 SMA F-F BULKHEAD 26G 

28 120AW00501 REF 58900 120AW00501 26 GHz FREQ ASSY W/L 

29 MPFS-01820 1 64671 18A-20dB 20DB SMA M/F PAD 

101 HBPP-25604 2 58900 HBPP-25604 2-56 X 1/4 PAN 


103 HWFS-20300 2 7U905 5710-133-30P #2 X 3/16 FLAT WASHER 




107 HBFP-63218 4 58900 HBFP-63218 6-32 X 1 1/8 

108 HBFP-63220 5 58900 HBFP-63220 6-32 X 1 1/8 FLAT 





R4 RW10-00030 1 91637 PH10-1-3-1% 3 OHM 10 WATT WIREWOUND 

120DA00500 .01-20 GHZ FREQ. ASSY, Rev: K 




2 MCD0-00120 1 62331 200520016E 0.5-20 GHZ DIR DET/REF 





8 30703 1 58900 30703 .01-20GHZ SUBASSY 

9 420DA49401 1 58900 420DA49401 .01 SEMI-FLEX CABLE ASY 



12 004BA34600 1 58900 004BA34600 GT9000/S .01-2 FILTER AS 

14 JRAT-00000 1 58900 JRAT-00000 SMA CAP 




101 HBPP-25604 3 58900 HBPP-25604 2-56 X 1/4 PAN 






107 HBFP-63218 4 58900 HBFP-63218 6-32 X 1 1/8 



Parts Lists 

120DA00510 .5-20 GHZ FREQ. ASSY, Rev: H 




2 MCD0-00120 1 62331 200520016E 0.5-20 GHZ DIR DET/REF 




8 30703 1 58900 30703 .01-20GHZ SUBASSY 

9 420DA49400 1 58900 420DA49400 SEMI-FLEX CABLE ASY SET 



12 004BA34800 1 58900 004BA34800 GT9000/S .5-2 FILTER ASY 




101 HBPP-25604 3 58900 HBPP-25604 2-56 X 1/4 PAN 






107 HBFP-63218 4 58900 HBFP-63218 6-32 X 1 1/8 


120DA00511 .5-26 GHZ FREQ ASSY, Rev: D 








8 30413 1 58900 30413 .01-26.5 GHz SUBASSY 

9 420DA49403 1 58900 420DA49403 .5-26 SEMI-FLEX CBL ASY 



12 004BA34800 1 58900 004BA34800 GT9000/S .5-2 FILTER ASY 












101 HBPP-25604 2 58900 HBPP-25604 2-56 X 1/4 PAN 






107 HBFP-63218 4 58900 HBFP-63218 6-32 X 1 1/8 









120DA00520 2-20 GHZ FREQ ASSY, Rev: J 


JRAT-00050 REF 96341 2001-6113-00 50 OHM SMA TERMINATION 



2 MCD1-00220 1 62331 202020016E 2-20 GHZ DIR DET/REF 




8 30703 1 58900 30703 .01-20GHZ SUBASSY 

9 420DA49402 1 58900 420DA49402 2-20 SEMI-FLEX CABLE ASY 




101 HBPP-25604 2 58900 HBPP-25604 2-56 X 1/4 PAN 







120DA00521 2-26 GHZ FREQ ASSY, Rev: D 







8 30413 1 58900 30413 .01-26.5 GHz SUBASSY 

9 420DA49405 1 58900 420DA49405 2-26 SEMI-FLEX CBL ASY 












101 HBPP-25604 2 58900 HBPP-25604 2-56 X 1/4 PAN 













Parts Lists 

420DA46900 GT9000 STD MICROWAVE DEC, Rev: E 


2 CE25-R7220 1 0H1N5 CEBSM1E221M 220UF 25V RADIAL 

3 LAD0-06470 1 91637 IMS-5 47UH 10% 47 UH INDUCTOR 

4 MYYT-00209 2 24539 S080-1342 1.9-8.7 GHZ YIG XSTR OSC 

5 MYYT-30820 1 0RN63 MLOS-1165 8-20GHZ YIG XSTR OSC 

6 ETST-44036 1 58900 ETST-44036 TURRET TERMINAL 


8 LFT0-83208 11 09769 92-4068-009-1 FEED-THRU FILTER 15A 


10 JRAB-18200 3 98291 50-675-0000-31 SMA F BULK MT CONN 


12 CE16-R7470 1 55680 UVX1C471MPA 470 UF 16V RADIAL LEAD 

13 LAD0-07100 1 91637 IMS5 100UH 100 UH INDUCTOR 

14 ETIT-44050 2 58900 ETIT-44050 INSULATED TURRET TERM 

15 HLLT-80212 4 79963 505-169 #8 SOLDER LUG 

16 420AW46900 REF 58900 420AW46900 2-20 FREQ ASY W/L;GT9000 

17 120AW07901 REF 58900 120AW07901 DET. BUFFER W/L; GT9000 

30 420DF41200 1 58900 420DF41200 MICROWAVE CHASSIS; EXC 






105 HSCR-40204 4 06540 9222-A-115 #4 X 1/8 CLEAR SPACER 

A200 120BA07900 1 58900 120BA07900 DETECTOR BUFFER PCA 




420CA46800 100 MHZ MT ASY;2SAMP;GT9, Rev: E 


1 420CF41300 1 58900 420CF41300 100 MHZ MODULE MT; EXC 

2 101BF26001 1 58900 101BF26001 END PLATE, 100 MHz MODULE 

3 101BF26100 2 58900 101BF26100 SIDE PLATE 100 MHZ MODUL 

4 101CF25801 1 58900 101CF25801 100 MHZ MODULE COVER 

5 120AW11501 REF 58900 120AW11501 100MHZ MODULE W/L;GT9000 









A201 120CA11502 1 58900 120CA11502 100MHZ MODULE ASY; GT9000 

004BA00001 SAMPLER ASSEMBLY, Rev: G 


1 005CA00000 1 58900 005CA00000 SAMPLER MODULE 

3 004AT00000 REF 58900 004AT00000 TEST PROCEDURE SAMPLER 

004BA00101 SAMPLER ASSY REVERSE MTG, Rev: F 


1 005CA00100 1 58900 005CA00100 SAMPLER MODULE; INVERTED 

3 004AT00000 REF 58900 004AT00000 TEST PROCEDURE SAMPLER 



30413 .01-26.5 GHz SUBASSY, Rev: C 


1 30412 1 58900 30412 .01-26GHz ASSY HOUSING 

2 001BF05006 1 58900 001BF05006 MODULE LABEL 004BA34210 

3 JRAP-00000 3 58900 JRAP-00000 SMA SEALPLUG 

4 0052331101 1 ——- 0052331101 2-26 GHz MIXER PCB 

5 30411 1 58900 30411 .01-26GHz ASSY TOP COVER 

6 004AT34200 REF 58900 004AT34200 .01-26.5 GHZ SUBASSY TP 

7 420BA40601 1 58900 420BA40601 MODULE INTERFACE PCA 

8 005BF34209 1 ——- 005BF34209 YIG IN SUBSTRATE 

9 30031 1 ——- 30031 LEVELER SUBSTRATE, GT9000 

10 30032 1 ——- 30032 MODULATOR SUBSTRATE, GT9000 

11 30033 1 ——- 30033 DOUBLER SUBSTRATE, GT9000 

12 30034 1 ——- 30034 FILTER SUBSTRATE, GT9000 

13 30035 1 ——- 30035 REF FILTER SUBSTRATE, GT9000 

14 30036 1 ——- 30036 REF MIXER SUBSTRATE, GT9000 

15 30000 2 58900 30000 MF124 ECCOSORB.050 X.100 X1.00 

16 30001 1 58900 30001 MF124 ECCOSORB;.260X.100 X0.50 

17 420CF40500 1 58900 420CF40500 BOT COVER.01-26.5 SUBASY 

18 WRTE-269XX 1 58900 WRTE-269XX #26 SOLID TEFLON 

19 30415 1 17217 30145 EMI GASKET,GT9000 I/O 

101 HBCH-08002 17 58900 HBCH-08002 0-80 X 1/8 CAP 






A1 MA08-10220 1 2J873 MA08-10220 2-20GHZ +19DBM MMIC AMP 


A3 005BA30900 1 2J873 005BA30900 2-20 GAIN BLOCK ASSY 

A4 MA08-00220 1 2J873 936548 2-20GHZ +23DBM MMIC AMP 


C1 TCC0-00220 1 29990 111SF220K100AP 22PF CHIP CAPACITOR 
















C21 TCC0-00030 1 29990 111SHC3R0D100TT 3PF CHIP CAPACITOR 




C29 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP 

C30 TCC1-02100 1 55153 D15BV102Z5PX 1000PF CHIP CAPACITOR 



C33 TCC0-01100 1 55153 D25BU101M5PX 100 PF CHIP CAPACITOR 










C49 TCB0-00040 1 59365 MBC50-4B12 4 PF BEAM LEAD CAPACITOR 

C50 TCB0-00040 1 59365 MBC50-4B12 4 PF BEAM LEAD CAPACITOR 






C57 TCB0-00004 1 59365 M3X1622 .4PF BEAM LEAD CAPACITOR 





Parts Lists 





C63 TCC2-00018 1 55153 C11CF1R8B5TXL 1.8PF CHIP CAPACITOR 

CR1 TDPC-01010 1 17540 CSB-7151-74 0.01 CHIP PIN DIODE 










CR11 TDPC-04010 1 59365 M5X-2324 CHIP PIN DIODE 












CR25 TDPC-03010 1 59365 M5X2905 CHIP PIN DIODE 










CR35 TDPB-00040 1 28480 NP 4005 BEAM LEAD PIN DIODE 



















CR54 TDMB-00011 1 17540 DMF2344-00 MIXER DIODE 






J1 JRAF-00000 1 2J899 9930-0431-6420 SMA SPARKPLUG 

J2 JRKF-00001 1 58900 JRKF-00001 SPARKPLUG K CONNECTOR 


J4 JRAF-10050 1 58900 JRAF-10050 SMA F BULKHEAD CONNECTOR 





















L1 TLW0-01227 1 58900 TLW0-01227 227 NH INDUCTOR 








L10 LCC0-06470 1 58900 LCC0-06470 47 UH TOROIDAL INDUCTOR 

L11 LCR0-13800 1 3W023 56-590-65-4B FERRITE TUBE CORE 

L12 LCR0-13800 1 3W023 56-590-65-4B FERRITE TUBE CORE 





R1 TRC0-00500 1 58900 TRC0-00500 50 OHM CHIP RESISTOR 







R13 TRC1-11000 1 58900 TRC1-11000 1 KOHM CHIP RESISTOR 

















T1 LFT0-83212 1 59660 4205-038 FEED THRU FILTER 15A 
































Parts Lists 





U1 TSP0-10026 1 96341 MA4SW110 SPST MONOLITHIC SWITCH 





















004BA34700 GT9000/S .01-2 DOWNC ASY, Rev: S 


0 420AW47900 REF 58900 420AW47900 .01-2 DOWNC HARNESS W/L 

1 005DA34700 1 58900 005DA34700 GT9000/S .01-2 DOWNC ASY 

2 420BA47900 1 58900 420BA47900 .01-2 DOWNC HARNESS ASY 




6 HLST-21105 1 79963 341-.093 #2 SOLDER LUG 

7 CC50-04100 2 31433 C322C104M5U5CA C9248 .1 UF CERAMIC Z5U 

8 004AT34700 REF 58900 004AT34700 DOWNCONVERTER TP 


004BA34600 GT9000/S .01-2 FILTER AS, Rev: K 


0 420AW48000 REF 58900 420AW48000 .01-2 FILTER HARNESS W/L 

1 005DA34600 1 58900 005DA34600 GT9000/S .01-2 FILTER AS 

2 420BA48000 1 58900 420BA48000 .01-2 FILTER HARNESS ASY 


4 HLST-21105 1 79963 341-.093 #2 SOLDER LUG 

5 004AT34600 REF 58900 004AT34600 FILTER BANK TP 

004BA34800 GT9000/S .5-2 FILTER ASY, Rev: C 


0 420AW48200 REF 58900 420AW48200 .5-2 FILTER HARNESS W/L 

1 005CA34800 1 58900 005CA34800 GT9000/S .5-2 FILTER ASY 

2 420BA48200 1 58900 420BA48200 .5-2 FILTER HARNESS ASY 



5 004AT34800 REF 58900 004AT34800 0.5-2 GHZ FILTER TP 




120DA11250 GT9000 BENCH MT DRESS, Rev: B 


1 120DF04902 1 58900 120DF04902 BEZEL,PAINTED 

2 120CF04110 2 58900 120CF04110 SIDE TRIM, PAINTED 

3 120CF04450 1 58900 120CF04450 TOP COVER 

4 120DA04550 1 58900 120DA04550 BOTTOM COVER ASY 

5 120CF11310 2 ——- 120CF11310 CAST HANDLE (BEIGE) 

7 GFU0-00804 20 53387 4504 ADH TAPE .5W X .25 THICK 

9 420DF42020 1 58900 420DF42020 GT9000 DEC PANEL NVFD 



103 HBPP-83208 4 58900 HBPP-83208 8-32 X 1/2 PAN 




120DA04550 BOTTOM COVER ASY, Rev: A 


1 120CF04550 1 58900 120CF04550 BOTTOM COVER 

2 HFFR-63202 2 21604 1S001202 RIGHT FRONT FOOT 

3 HFFL-63202 2 21604 1S001201 LEFT FRONT FOOT 

4 HFBI-00012 1 21604 MP-40008-4 12 INSIDE MOUNT BAIL 

5 HNTU-63206 8 21604 MP40366 #6 TINNERMAN NUT 


120AA14300 ACCESSORIES ASY, Rev: B 


1 120BA04700 1 58900 120BA04700 COMPUTER EXTENDER BD PCA 

2 120BA09500 1 58900 120BA09500 I/O EXTENDER BD PCA 

3 101BF21600 1 58900 101BF21600 PC BOARD PULLER 

4 WMP0-03007 1 16428 17250 7.5’ IEC POWER CORD 

5 101BF21400 REF 58900 101BF21400 CHASSIS NOMENCLATURE LBL 

6 001BF01100 REF 58900 001BF01100 FOIL CAL 


Parts Lists 

120BA01300 FRONT PANEL I/F PCA (A1), Rev: C 


1 120CF01300 1 58900 120CF01300 FRONT PANEL I/F PCB 


3 JSP0-10028 2 09769 2-641615-1 28 PIN DIP SOCKET 

C1 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R 











C12 CC50-01220 1 31433 C315C221K1G5CA 220 PF CERAMIC NPO 

C13 CC50-00100 1 31433 C315C100J2G5CA 10 PF CERAMIC NPO 

C14 CE25-R6470 1 61058 ECEA1EU470 47 UF 25V RADIAL LEAD 

C15 CC50-04100 1 31433 C322C104M5U5CA C9248 .1 UF CERAMIC Z5U 

C16 CC50-02100 1 04222 SR155C122MAT .001 UF CERAMIC Y5P 





R1 RN55-23320 1 91637 RN55C3322F 33.2 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 


R3 RN55-31000 1 91637 RN55C1003F 100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 



R6 WJIB-05022 1 53387 923345-05-C .5 INSULATED JUMPER 



R9 RN55-????? REF 58900 RN55-????? COMPONENT SELECTED IN TEST 

U1 UTN0-01542 1 01295 74HC154NT SN74HC154NT 4 TO 16 MUX 

U2 UTN0-00202 1 01295 74HC20N 74HC20 DUAL 4 IN NAND 

U3 UGN0-01871 1 58900 UGN0-01871 CDP1871 88 KEY ENCODER 

U4 UTN0-02442 1 01295 SN74HC244N 74HC244 8X DRIV/RECV 


U6 UTN0-00742 1 58900 UTN0-00742 74HC74 DUAL D FLIP FLOP 

U7 UTN0-01232 1 2M881 CD74HC123 74HC123 RETRIG. MULTI 

U8 UTN0-00742 1 58900 UTN0-00742 74HC74 DUAL D FLIP FLOP 



U11 UTN0-00091 1 01295 SN74LS09N 74LS09 QUAD AND GATES 

U12 UMN0-27256 1 01295 TMS 27C256-15JL AT27C256 PROM ERASABLE 

U13 UMN1-01230 1 0B0A9 DS1230AB-150 DS1230AB-150 NON-VOL RAM 

U14 UTN0-00322 1 01295 74HC32N 74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR 

U15 UTN0-01322 1 01295 MC74HC132E SN74HC132N 4X SCHMIDT NAN 



120BA05300 IEEE / TIMER PCA (A2), Rev: B 


1 120CF05300 1 58900 120CF05300 IEEE / TIMER PCB 
















C15 CC50-05100 1 04222 SR305E105MAA 1 UF CERAMIC Z5U 






P1 JIA1-20010 1 58900 JIA1-20010 10 PIN DUAL STRPLN PLUG 

R1 RN55-15620 1 91637 RN55C5621B 5.62 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 















U1 UTN0-00022 1 01295 74HC02N 74HC02 QUAD 2 INPUT NOR 


U3 UTN0-01382 1 01295 74HC138N 74HC138 DECODER/DEMULTIP 

U4 UIN0-01413 1 01295 ULN2003AN MC1413P X7 DRIVER .5A 

U5 UTN0-02732 1 01295 74HC273N 74HC273;OCTAL D-TYPE F-F 



U8 UIN2-01488 1 27014 DS14C88N DS14C88 RS232 DRIVER 

U9 UIN2-01489 1 27014 DS14C89AN DS14C89 RS232 RECEIVER 

U10 UGN0-68901 1 04713 MC68901FN MC68901 GPIO / TIMER 


U12 UGN1-09914 1 64667 NAT9914APD WD9914PL00 IEEE-488 

U13 UIN0-75160 1 01295 SN75160BN SN75160N IEEE BUFFER 

U14 UIN0-75162 1 01295 SN75162BN SN75162N IEEE BUFFER 

XU10 JSG0-10052 1 58900 JSG0-10052 52 PIN CHIP CARRIER 

Y1 Y180-00246 1 58900 Y180-00246 2.4576MHZ CRYSTAL 


Parts Lists 

120BA01200 MEMORY PCA (A3), Rev: D 


0 120BS01200 REF 58900 120BS01200 MEMORY SCH 

1 120CF01200 1 58900 120CF01200 MEMORY PCB 













U1 UMN0-60256 1 0FB81 SRM20256LC10 MCM60L256 CMOS RAM 




U5 UMN0-27256 REF 01295 TMS 27C256-15JL AT27C256 PROM ERASABLE 










120BA01100 CPU PCA (A4), Rev: C 


1 120CF01100 1 58900 120CF01100 CPU PCB 


C1 CC50-00330 1 31433 C315C330J2G5CA C9248 33 PF CERAMIC NPO 


C3 CC50-01150 1 31433 C315C151G5CA-9248 150 PF CERAMIC NPO 


























Q1 QBNS-02222 1 04713 2N2222A PN2222 .5A 30V NPN 





R5 RN55-04750 1 91637 RN55C4750F 475 OHMS 1% MET FILM 





R10 RN50-14990 1 91637 RN50C4991F 4.99 K OHMS 1% NET FILM 







RM1 RM5S-14700 1 71450 770-61-R4.7K 5 X 4.7K SIP RESISTOR NE 

S1 SPP0-00101 1 09353 TP11SHABE SPST PC MT PUSHBUTTON 

U1 UGZB-68000 1 04713 MC68000FN-8 MC68000 8 MHZ PROCESSOR 

U2 UTN0-02452 1 01295 74HC245N 74HC245E OCTAL BUS XCVR 

U3 UTN0-02452 1 01295 74HC245N 74HC245E OCTAL BUS XCVR 


U5 UTN0-01230 1 01295 SN74123N SN74123N DUAL ONE SHOT 

U6 UTN0-00042 1 01295 SN74HC04N 74HC04 HEX INVERTER SMT 

U7 UTN0-01481 1 01295 SN74LS148 74LS148 PRIORITY ENCODER 

U8 UTN0-00202 1 01295 74HC20N 74HC20 DUAL 4 IN NAND 

U9 UTN0-00002 1 04713 MC74HC00N 74HC00 QUAD 2IN NAND GATE 










U19 UTN0-00022 1 01295 74HC02N 74HC02 QUAD 2 INPUT NOR 



XU1 JSG0-11068 1 58900 JSG0-11068 68 PIN PLCC SOCKET 

Y1 Y180-00800 1 71450 MP080A 8.00MHZ FUND XTAL 


Parts Lists 

120BA09303 PULSE DRIVER PCA (A5), Rev: E 


0 120BS09303 REF 58900 120BS09303 PULSE DRIVER SCH 

1 120CF09303 1 58900 120CF09303 PULSE DRIVER PCB 







C6 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO 

C7 CC50-01120 1 31433 315C121K1G5CA-9248 120 PF CERAMIC NPO 








C19 CC50-03470 1 31433 C320C473K5R5CA .047 UF CERAMIC X7R 















C37 CC50-01510 1 58900 CC50-01510 510 PF CERAMIC NPO 












CR1 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE 




CX12 CC50-????? REF 58900 CC50-????? COMPONENT SELECTED IN TEST 










J3 JIB2-20170 1 55322 SLW-110-01-S-D 20 PIN STRIPLINE SOCKET 



Q7 QBPS-05771 1 04713 MPS5771 2N5771 15V 850MHZ PNP 

Q8 QBNS-04275 1 58900 QBNS-04275 PN4275 .1A 15V .6W NPN 



R8 RN55-00562 1 91637 RN55C56R2F 56.2 OHMS 1% MET FILM 












120BA09303 PULSE DRIVER PCA (A5), Rev: E 












R42 RAPD-11000 1 5Y491 89PR1K 1K POT 15T PC MNT 















RM1 RM7S-05600 1 71450 750-81-R560 560 OHM X 7 SIP NETWRK 



RX26 RN55-????? REF 58900 RN55-????? COMPONENT SELECTED IN TEST 




U1 UEN0-10124 1 04713 MC10124P MC10124P QUAD TTL TO ECL 

U2 UEN0-10102 1 04713 MC10102P MC10102P QUAD NOR 



U5 UEN0-10105 1 04713 MC10105P MC10105P TRIPLE OR/NOR 

U6 UEN0-10125 1 04713 MC10125P MC10125P QUAD ECL TO TTL 

U7 ULN0-02901 1 01295 LM2901N LM2901N QUAD COMPARATOR 









U16 UID0-61072 1 17540 A61072P536 A61072P QUAD DRIVER 

U18 URG0-00337 1 27014 LM337LZ LM337 .5A ADJ REGULATOR 

U19 UID0-61072 1 17540 A61072P536 A61072P QUAD DRIVER 


VR1 DZAD-04732 1 58900 DZAD-04732 IN4732A 4.7 V ZENER 

VR2 DZAD-04734 1 04713 1N4734 IN4734 6.2V ZENER 

W1 WJIB-02022 1 53387 923345-02 .2 INSULATED JUMPER 


Parts Lists 

120BA12550 GT9000 PULSE GENERATOR (A5A1), Rev: A 


0 120BS12550 REF 58900 120BS12550 PULSE GENERATOR; GT9000 

1 120CF12500 1 58900 120CF12500 PULSE GENERATOR PCB 


3 HSTS-44005 3 55566 3048-B-440-A-0 5/16 ROUND SWAGE SPACER 

4 WSTD-24900 1 58900 WSTD-24900 24 GA WHITE TFE WIRE 






























C32 CV00-00730 1 72982 DV6PS30A 7-30 PF VARIABLE 

























CR1 DSA0-02810 1 28480 5082-2800 5082-2810 SCHOT. DIODE 

P3 JIA2-20105 1 55322 TSW-110-05-G-D 20 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG 

















120BA12550 GT9000 PULSE GENERATOR (A5A1), Rev: A 


















U1 UTN0-06241 1 01295 74LS624N 74LS624N 20MHZ VCO 


U3 UCN0-51460 1 04713 MC145146P2 MC145146P FREQ SYNTH 



U6 UEN1-10131 1 04713 MC10H131P MC10H131P DUAL D F/F 


U8 UEN1-10102 1 04713 MC10H102PC MC10H102 QUAD NOR GATES 


U10 UEN1-10136 1 04713 MC10H136L MC10H136P 250MHZ DIV 16 

U11 UEN1-10136 1 04713 MC10H136L MC10H136P 250MHZ DIV 16 

U12 UEN1-10102 1 04713 MC10H102PC MC10H102 QUAD NOR GATES 




U16 UTN0-05922 1 61802 TC74HC592AP 74HC592N;8 BIT;COUNTER 






U22 LD4S-00050 1 58900 LD4S-00050 4 TAP 5 NS DELAY LINE 






U28 UTN0-00272 1 01295 SN74HC27N 74HC27N 3X3IN NOR GATES 



Parts Lists 

120BA09401 AM/FM DRIVER PCA (A6), Rev: C 


0 120BS09401 REF 58900 120BS09401 AM/FM DRIVER SCH 

1 120CF09400 1 58900 120CF09400 AM/FM DRIVER PCB 






C5 CC50-02470 1 31433 C315C472K1R5CA 4700 PF CERAMIC X7R 
















C21 CC50-02150 1 31433 C320C152J1G5CA-9248 1500 PF CERAMIC 

























C49 CE16-R6330 1 55680 UVP1C330MDA 33 UF 16V NON-POL RADIA 









C58 CC50-00047 1 31433 C315C479D2G5CA-9248 4.7 PF CERAMIC NPO 












































R29 RN50-02000 1 91637 RN50C2000F 200 OHMS 1% METAL FILM 















R44 RN50-11000 1 91637 RNC50H1001F 1.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 


R46 RN50-00511 1 91637 RN50C51R1F 51.1 OHMS 1% METAL FILM 
























U1 UFN0-00746 1 24355 AD746AQ AD746JN DUAL OP AMP 


U3 ULN0-05053 1 1ES66 DG412DJ IH5053 QUAD ANALOG SWITC 

U4 UIN0-07547 1 1ES66 AD7547KN AD7547KN DUAL 12 BIT DAC 

U5 UFN0-00708 1 24355 AD708JN AD708JN DUAL OP AMP 



U8 ULN0-00539 1 24355 AD539JD AD539 LINEAR MULT/DIVIDR 

U9 UVNP-00100 1 24355 AD587JK AD587 10V 20PPM REF 


U11 UFN0-00428 1 1ES66 MAX428CPA MAX428CPA;DUAL OP AMP 



Parts Lists 




U15 UFN0-00842 1 24355 AD842JN AD842 80 MHZ OP AMP 













420BA47500 GT9000 LEVEL PCA (A10), Rev: D 


0 420BS47500 REF 58900 420BS47500 LEVEL SCH; GT9000 

1 420CF47500 1 58900 420CF47500 LEVEL PCB; GT9000 


3 HQIP-00180 2 32559 104-020 PERM-O-P TO18 INSULATOR 

4 JJF0-02000 1 58900 JJF0-02000 TWO CONTACT JUMPER 











C11 CC50-01200 1 51642 150-100-COG-201J 200 PF CERAMIC NPO 





























































Parts Lists 











DS1 ILRR-10125 1 28480 HLMP-K101 RED LED 




L1 LAD0-06470 1 91637 IMS-5 47UH 10% 47 UH INDUCTOR 


L3 LAD0-07100 1 91637 IMS5 100UH 100 UH INDUCTOR 

P1 JIA1-03230 1 58900 JIA1-03230 3 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG 

Q1 QMNS-00215 1 06049 AD215DE SD215DE D-MOS FET 

Q2 QMNS-00215 1 06049 AD215DE SD215DE D-MOS FET 



R3 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 

R4 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 

R5 RAPG-21000 1 32997 3296Z-1-103 10K 10% 25T .5W TRIM POT 



















R27 RAPG-15000 1 32997 3296Z-1-502 5K 10% 25T .5W TRIM. POT 




R31 RN50-05620 1 91637 RN50D5620F 562 OHMS 1% METAL FILM 






R37 RN50-41000 1 91637 RN50C1004F 1.00 M OHMS 1% MET FILM 



R40 RN50-11210 1 65940 CRB20FX1211 1.21 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 










R50 RAPG-25000 1 32997 3296Z-503 50K 10% 25T POT 









































U15 UFN0-00027 1 58900 UFN0-00027 OP27GN LOW DRIFT OP AMP 




U19 ULN0-00311 1 01295 LM311P LM311N COMPARATOR 




U23 UTN0-01252 1 01295 SN74HC125AN MC74HC125N QUAD BUFFER 

U24 UIN0-07846 1 24355 AD7846AD AD7846JN;16 BIT DAC 


U26 UVNP-00050 1 58900 UVNP-00050 REF02 5V 3PPM REFERENCE 





U31 UIN0-07524 1 1ES66 MX7524JN AD7524 8 BIT D/A 

U32 UFN0-00072 1 01295 TL072CP TL072CP DUAL FET OP AMP 

VR1 DRAE-00827 1 04713 1N827A 1N827 6.2V REF. DIODE 

VR2 DRAE-00827 1 04713 1N827A 1N827 6.2V REF. DIODE 

VR3 DZAD-04728 1 04713 1N4728 IN4728 3.3 V ZENER 

Y1 Y180-00246 1 58900 Y180-00246 2.4576MHZ CRYSTAL 


Parts Lists 

420BA50500 LEVEL DRIVER AM 9000 PCA (A10A1), Rev: C 


0 420BS50500 REF 58900 420BS50500 LEVEL DRIVER AM 9000 SCH 

1 420BF50501 1 58900 420BF50501 LEVEL DRIVER AM 9000 PCB 

2 ETSB-06216 1 58900 ETSB-06216 BIFURCATED TERMINAL 



































C34 CE16-R6220 1 55680 USA1C220MCA 22UF 16V RADIAL 

















CR10 DSA0-00300 1 27014 FDH300 FDH300 LOW LEAK DIODE 





K1 SEP0-00101 1 58900 SEP0-00101 5V DIP REED SWITCH 







L1 LAD0-07820 1 91637 IMS 5 820 UH 10% 820UH INDUCTOR 
















R2 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 OHMS 1% MET FILM 












































R53 WJIB-02022 1 53387 923345-02 .2 INSULATED JUMPER 


















R73 RN50-18250 1 58900 RN50-18250 8.25 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 



U1 UON0-05532 1 58900 UON0-05532 NE5532 DUAL OP AMP 


U3 UFN0-00827 1 24355 AD827JN AD827N DUAL OP AMP 


U5 UFN0-00844 1 24355 AD844AN AD844AN;OP AMP 




Parts Lists 












120BA04650 POWER SUPPLY PCA (A11), Rev: D 


0 120BS04650 REF 58900 120BS04650 POWER SUPPLY SCH 

1 120BF04650 1 58900 120BF04650 POWER SUPPLY PCB 

2 HQH1-02200 1 13103 THERMALLOY 6073B TO220 HEATSINK 


4 HQH0-02200 2 13103 6106B-14 TO220 HEATSINK 

5 HT00-00409 4 53421 T-18R 4 WHITE CABLE TIE 


7 HQIS-00050 1 55285 7403-09FR-33 4 LEAD TO5 INSULATOR 

8 WTT0-20000 2 16428 20AWG-TFE/TW #20 CLEAR TFE SLVNG 

101 HBPP-63206 3 58900 HBPP-63206 6-32 X 3/8 PAN 



C1 CE35-08220 1 55680 TVX1V222MCA 2200 UF 35V AXIAL LEAD 

C2 CE16-08470 1 61058 ECEB1CU472 4700 UF 16V AXIAL LEAD 




C6 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD 

C7 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD 




C11 CE63-07220 1 55680 TVX1J221MCA 220 UF 63V ELECT. 






C17 CE63-07220 1 55680 TVX1J221MCA 220 UF 63V ELECT. 

CR2 DBMC-00001 1 0RF16 CSB1 1 A DIP BRIDGE 

CR3 DPAB-05391 1 14936 1N5391 1N5391 1.5A 35V DIODE 

CR4 DPAB-05391 1 14936 1N5391 1N5391 1.5A 35V DIODE 



P1 JIA1-02230 1 55322 TSW-102-07-S-S 2 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG 


Q1 QMPP-D4P05 1 04713 MTD4P05-1 SMU10P05 POWER FET 












R7 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 

R8 RAPG-11000 1 32997 3296Z-1-102 1K 10% 25T POT 

R9 RAPG-11000 1 32997 3296Z-1-102 1K 10% 25T POT 









120BA04650 POWER SUPPLY PCA (A11), Rev: D 


R16 RN50-31500 1 91637 RN50C1503F 150 K OHMS 1% METAL FILM 






R22 WSB0-20000 1 58900 WSB0-20000 20 GA BUS WIRE 

R23 RW03-00060 1 91637 RS-2B-6-1 6 OHM 3W WIREWOUND 

R24 WSB0-20000 1 58900 WSB0-20000 20 GA BUS WIRE 







U1 URC0-00317 1 66958 LM317T LM317C ADJ 3 TERM REG 

U2 URC0-00317 1 66958 LM317T LM317C ADJ 3 TERM REG 

U3 URC0-07815 1 01295 L7815C MC7815CT 1A 15V REG 

U4 URG0-00317 1 27014 LM317H LM317HVH 1A ADJ REGULATR 





W1 JJF0-02000 1 58900 JJF0-02000 TWO CONTACT JUMPER 


120BA06951 100 MHz PLL PCA (A14), Rev: B 


3 120BF06951 1 58900 120BF06951 100 MHz PLL PCB 








































Parts Lists 





































CX28 CC50-00100 REF 31433 C315C100J2G5CA 10 PF CERAMIC NPO 

CX30 CC50-00100 REF 31433 C315C100J2G5CA 10 PF CERAMIC NPO 


J2 JRBM-00101 1 09769 903-373J-51A SMB M RTANG PC MOUNT 







L1 LAD0-06220 1 91637 IMS5-22UH-10% 22 UH INDUCTOR 

L2 LAD0-08120 1 91637 IMS 5 1200 UH 10 1200 UH INDUCTOR 

L3 LAD0-04680 1 24759 MR-0.68-10% .68 UH INDUCTOR 





Q2 QBNS-03643 1 66958 PN3643 PN3643 .5A 30V .6W NPN 

Q3 QBPS-02907 1 58900 QBPS-02907 PN2907 .5A 40V .6W PNP 















R12 RN50-24750 1 91637 RN50C4752F 47.5K OHMS 1% MET FILM 

R13 RN50-24750 1 91637 RN50C4752F 47.5K OHMS 1% MET FILM 





































R46 RN55-01500 1 91637 RN55C1500D 150 OHMS 1% MET FILM 





















U3 URP0-78150 1 04713 MC78L15ACP MC78L15 .1A 15V REG 

U4 UEN0-10138 1 04713 MC10138P PLASTIC MC10138P BI-QUINARY CTR 

U5 UEN0-12040 1 04713 MC12040P MC12040P PHASE/FREQ DET 



U8 UEN0-10216 1 04713 MC10216PC MC10216P TRIPLE RCVR 







U15 UEN1-10113 1 04713 MC10H113L MC10H113P QUAD OR GATE 














Parts Lists 

120BA08800 1 HZ PLL PCA (A15), Rev: J 


1 120CF08800 1 58900 120CF08800 1 HZ PLL PCB 

2 101CF38200 1 58900 101CF38200 1 HZ BOTTOM SHIELD 

3 101CF38100 1 58900 101CF38100 1 HZ TOP SHIELD 

4 101BF38000 1 58900 101BF38000 1 HZ TOP SHIELD COVER 

5 WJIB-02022 3 53387 923345-02 .2 INSULATED JUMPER 



103 HQIP-00180 5 32559 104-020 PERM-O-P TO18 INSULATOR 

































C33 CE16-R7470 1 55680 UVX1C471MPA 470 UF 16V RADIAL LEAD 









































CR1 DVA0-00109 1 26629 KV3901 MV109 6-30 PF DIODE 













GND1 ETST-06224 1 58900 ETST-06224 TURRET TERMINAL 



L1 LAD0-04100 1 91637 IMS 5 .10 UH 10% .10UH INDUCTOR 

L2 LAB0-03820 1 99800 1026-1 .082 UH INDUCTOR 






L8 LAD0-04330 1 91637 IMS 5 .33 UH 10% .33 UH INDUCTOR 

L9 LAD0-04330 1 91637 IMS 5 .33 UH 10% .33 UH INDUCTOR 

L10 LAD0-05270 1 91637 IMS 5 2.7uH 5% 2.7 UH INDUCTOR 

Q1 QBNS-06304 1 04713 2N2857 2N6304 15V 1400MHZ NPN 


































R29 RN50-00221 1 91637 RN50C22R1F 22.1 OHM 1% METAL FILM 














Parts Lists 

































TP1 ETST-06224 1 58900 ETST-06224 TURRET TERMINAL 



U2 UIN0-08793 1 58900 UIN0-08793 SP8793 DIVIDE BY 40/41 


U4 UTN0-03901 1 01295 SN74LS390N SN74LS390N DUAL COUNTER 










U14 UEN0-12013 1 04713 MC12013P MC12013 DIV 10/11 600MHZ 


U16 UEN0-10231 1 04713 MC10231P MC10231P DUAL D F/F 






120BA07000 REF/DC PLL PCA (A16), Rev: E 


0 120BS07000 REF 58900 120BS07000 REF/DC PLL SCH 

1 120CF07000 1 58900 120CF07000 REF/DC PLL PCB 








































































GND1 ETST-06224 1 58900 ETST-06224 TURRET TERMINAL 



Parts Lists 






























R34 RN55-41000 1 91637 RN55C1004F 1 M OHMS 1% MET FILM 




























R69 RN55-41000 1 91637 RN55C1004F 1 M OHMS 1% MET FILM 


























U3 UEN0-10131 1 04713 MC10131L MC10131P DUAL D F/F 





























Parts Lists 

120BA07150 DIVIDE BY N PCA (A17), Rev: C 


0 120BS07150 REF 58900 120BS07150 DIVIDE BY N SCH 

1 120CF07100 1 58900 120CF07100 DIVIDE BY N PCB 

2 304BF09200 2 58900 304BF09200 PC BD SHIELD COVER 

3 304CF09100 1 58900 304CF09100 TOP PC SHEILD 1.25 X 2.5 

4 304CF09500 1 58900 304CF09500 BOTTOM PC BD SHIELD 1.25 

5 HBCH-A3204 1 58900 HBCH-A3204 10-32 X 1/4 CAP 



8 HWSS-A0500 1 58900 HWSS-A0500 #10 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK 



AR1 MA23-00006 1 28480 MSA-0835X 0-6 GHZ +12.5DBM AMP 

AR2 MA23-00006 1 28480 MSA-0835X 0-6 GHZ +12.5DBM AMP 





C6 CC50-01510 1 58900 CC50-01510 510 PF CERAMIC NPO 















C22 CK50-00150 1 54583 CC0805HNP0150150JT 15 PF NPO CHIP 



C25 CK50-00150 1 54583 CC0805HNP0150150JT 15 PF NPO CHIP 



















C54 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP 

C55 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP 







CR3 DAA0-03401 1 28480 5082-3080 MPN3401 PIN DIODE 




J2 JRBM-00000 1 58900 JRBM-00000 SMB M BULK MOUNT 











120BA07150 DIVIDE BY N PCA (A17), Rev: C 

































R42 RN50-00562 1 65940 CRB20FX5622B 56.2 OHMS 1% METAL FILM 











U5 UEN0-10136 1 04713 MC10136P MC10136P HEX COUNTER 

U6 UEN0-10136 1 04713 MC10136P MC10136P HEX COUNTER 


U8 UEN0-10109 1 04713 MC10109L MC10109P DUAL OR/NOR 



U11 UEN0-12011 1 04713 MC12011L CERAMIC MC12011 DIV BY 8/9 600MH 














W1 JIA1-02230 1 55322 TSW-102-07-S-S 2 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG 


Parts Lists 

120BA07250 OUTPUT PLL PCA (A18), Rev: B 


0 120BS07250 REF 58900 120BS07250 OUTPUT PLL SCH 

1 120CF07210 1 58900 120CF07210 OUTPUT PLL PCB 




































































C84 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U 














CRX1 DSA0-02810 REF 28480 5082-2800 5082-2810 SCHOT. DIODE 

CRX2 DSA0-02810 REF 28480 5082-2800 5082-2810 SCHOT. DIODE 

CX13 CC50-????? 1 58900 CC50-????? COMPONENT SELECTED IN TEST 











L3 LAD0-06270 1 91637 IMS 5 27 UH 5% 27 UH INDUCTOR 

L4 LAD0-05470 1 91637 IMS 5 4.7 UH 5% 4.7 UH INDUCTOR 



L7 LAD0-07150 1 24759 MR-150 5% 150 UH INDUCTOR 





























R33 RAPG-11000 1 32997 3296Z-1-102 1K 10% 25T POT 

R34 RAPG-11000 1 32997 3296Z-1-102 1K 10% 25T POT 

R35 RAPG-11000 1 32997 3296Z-1-102 1K 10% 25T POT 












R50 RN50-18250 1 58900 RN50-18250 8.25 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 












Parts Lists 

































U3 UEN0-10138 1 04713 MC10138P PLASTIC MC10138P BI-QUINARY CTR 




U7 ULN0-05043 1 1ES66 IH5043CPE IH5043CPA DUAL SPDT SW 














W1 WJIB-02022 1 53387 923345-02 .2 INSULATED JUMPER 



120BA08350 YIG DRIVER PCA (A19), Rev: D 


0 120BS08350 REF 58900 120BS08350 YIG DRIVER SCH 

1 120CF08300 1 58900 120CF08300 YIG DRIVER PCB 









C8 CT25-R6100 1 31433 T356E106K025AS 10 UF 25V RADIAL LEAD 


























































R1 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 

R2 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 

R3 RN56-24750 1 58900 RN56-24750 47.5 K OHMS 1% METAL FILM 


R5 RN56-23920 1 91637 RN55E3922F 39.2 K OHMS 1% METAL FILM 




Parts Lists 

120BA08350 YIG DRIVER PCA (A19), Rev: D 




R10 RN57-15000 1 58900 RN57-15000 5.00 KOHM .1% MET FILM 

R11 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 

R12 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 









R23 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 

R24 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 



R28 RN56-21500 1 91637 RN55E1502F 15 K OHMS 1% METAL FILM 







R36 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 

























TC1 120BA17105 1 58900 120BA17105 TEMP COMP RES ASSY 750K 

























1202221000 GT9000 DISP DRIVER PCA (A20), Rev: E 


0 120BS21000 REF 58900 120BS21000 DISPLAY DRIVER SCH;GT900 

1 1203321000 1 58900 1203321000 DISPLAY DRIVER PCB, GT9000 

2 HQH1-02200 1 13103 THERMALLOY 6073B TO220 HEATSINK 


102 HWFN-40400 1 58900 HWFN-40400 #4 X 1/4 NYLON WASHER 
































P1 JIA1-05295 1 27264 22-11-2052 5 PIN LOCKING STRIP PLUG 

P2 JIR1-10260 1 27264 22-12-2104 10 PIN LOCKING STRIP PLG 

P5 JIA2-26460 1 52072 CA-D26-23B-46 26 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG 

P9 JIR1-20034 1 58900 JIR1-20034 34 PIN STRPLN PLG RT ANG 


P34 JIA2-34460 1 52072 CA-D34-23B-46 34 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG 















R14 RW05-00100 1 91637 RS-5,10ohm , 1% 10 OHM 5W WIREWOUND 


U2 UTN0-01971 1 01295 SN74LS197N 74LS197 PRESETTABLE DECA 

U3 UMN0-02128 1 4W070 LH5116-10 TMM2016 2K X 8 RAM 


U5 UTN0-45142 1 01295 SN74HC4514NT 74HC4514 DECODERS/DEMULT 




U9 UIN0-00594 1 58900 UIN0-00594 NE594 8X DISP DRIVE 











Parts Lists 

1202221000 GT9000 DISP DRIVER PCA (A20), Rev: E 







U24 URC0-07805 1 04713 MC7805CT MC7805CT 1A 5V REG 

101BA39101 HI STAB OSC PCA (A21), Rev: B 


0 101BS39101 REF 58900 101BS39101 HI STAB OSC 

1 101BF39101 1 58900 101BF39101 HI STAB OSC PCB 




R1 RAPD-31000 1 58900 RAPD-31000 100K POT 15T PC MNT 

Y1 YXH0-00010 1 6Y341 250-0578 10MHZ OVEN OSCILATOR 

120BA01000 COMPUTER BUS PCA (A100), Rev: E 


1 120CF01000 1 58900 120CF01000 COMPUTER BUS PCB 

2 JPS0-20036 20 58900 JPS0-20036 72 PIN PC EDGE CONN 

3 JIA2-60460 1 52072 CA-D60-23B-46 60 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG 





8 WSB0-26000 2 16428 8023 26 GA BUS WIRE 

L 1 LAD0-06330 1 91637 IMS-5 33UH 10% 33 UH INDUCTOR 




120BA07300 I/O BUSS PCA (A101), Rev: F 


1 120CF07300 1 58900 120CF07300 I/O BUSS PCB 

2 JPS0-20050 9 58900 JPS0-20050 100 PIN PC EDGE CONN 



120BA05520 11 DIGIT DISPLY PCA NVFD (A103), Rev: A 


1 120BF05520 1 58900 120BF05520 11 DIGIT DISPLY PCB NVFD 


3 HSTX-44004 2 58900 HSTX-44004 4-40 CORNR BLOCK 1/16 MT 

4 GFU0-10402 8 53387 4508 1/4 X 1/8 FOAM TAPE 

5 GFU0-00201 16 53387 4516 1/8 X 1/16 FOAM TAPE 

6 GFU0-00401 4 53387 4516 1/4 X 1/16 FOAM TAPE 

DS 1 IMF0-10110 1 0LU72 FG1113RE1 11 DIGIT FLUOR DISPLAY 

P 11 JIA2-34460 1 52072 CA-D34-23B-46 34 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG 



120BA05621 5 DIGIT DISPLAY PCA NVFD (A104), Rev: A 


1 120BF05620 1 58900 120BF05620 5&9 DIG DISPLAY PCB NVFD 



4 GFU0-10402 6 53387 4508 1/4 X 1/8 FOAM TAPE 

5 GFU0-00201 12 53387 4516 1/8 X 1/16 FOAM TAPE 

6 GFU0-00401 4 53387 4516 1/4 X 1/16 FOAM TAPE 

7 4202355600 1 58900 4202355600 FILTER 5 DIGIT DISPLAY NVFD 

DS 2 IMF0-10050 1 0LU72 FG512J6 5 DIGIT FLUOR DISPLAY 



120BA04850 PUSHBUTTON PCA (A105), Rev: A 


0 120BS04850 REF 58900 120BS04850 PUSHBUTTON SCH 

1 120CF04800 1 58900 120CF04800 PUSHBUTTON BD PCB 

2 SPPL-K0102 1 04426 80-390102 LT GRY KEYCAP W/LIGHT 

3 SPPL-K0110 1 04426 80-390110 .25 LT GRY KEYCAP W/LITE 

4 SPPL-K0112 1 04426 80-390112 .25 LT GRY KEYCAP W/O LT 

5 HWFN-80401 2 32559 912 #8 X 1/4 NYLON WASHER 

6 SPPL-L0100 2 04426 80-390100 LIGHT PIPE 

DS 1 ILGR-01540 1 28480 HLMP 1540 CLEAR GREEN LED 


P 34 JIR1-20034 1 58900 JIR1-20034 34 PIN STRPLN PLG RT ANG 

S 1 120BA06700 1 58900 120BA06700 PUSHBUTTON SW MOM/LED ASY 

S 8 120BA06701 1 58900 120BA06701 PUSHBUTTON SW ASY 

S 12 120BA06700 1 58900 120BA06700 PUSHBUTTON SW MOM/LED ASY 

120BA01512 DATA ENTRY M7100 PCA (A106), Rev: D 


0 120BS01512 REF 58900 120BS01512 DATA ENTRY M7200 

1 120CF01500 1 58900 120CF01500 DATA ENTRY PCB 

2 SPPL-K0112 7 04426 80-390112 .25 LT GRY KEYCAP W/O LT 

5 SPPL-K9027 3 58900 SPPL-K9027 RECTANGULAR KEYCAP 

6 120BF05900 2 58900 120BF05900 ARROW KEY CAP 

7 120BF05700 1 58900 120BF05700 SHIFT KEY CAP 

8 120BF06000 1 58900 120BF06000 KEY PAD 0 

9 120BF06001 1 58900 120BF06001 KEY PAD 1 

10 120BF06002 1 58900 120BF06002 KEY PAD 2 

11 120BF06003 1 58900 120BF06003 KEY PAD 3 

12 120BF06004 1 58900 120BF06004 KEY PAD 4 

13 120BF06005 1 58900 120BF06005 KEY PAD 5 

14 120BF06006 1 58900 120BF06006 KEY PAD 6 

15 120BF06007 1 58900 120BF06007 KEY PAD 7 

16 120BF06008 1 58900 120BF06008 KEY PAD 8 

17 120BF06009 1 58900 120BF06009 KEY PAD 9 

18 120BF06010 1 58900 120BF06010 KEY PAD DECIMAL POINT 

19 120BF06011 1 58900 120BF06011 KEY PAD MINUS & BACKSPACE 

20 SPPL-K0106 4 04426 80-390106 LT GRY KEYCAP W/O LIGHT 

21 SPPL-K9027 1 58900 SPPL-K9027 RECTANGULAR KEYCAP 

22 HWFN-80401 7 32559 912 #8 X 1/4 NYLON WASHER 

C 1 CE25-R6470 1 61058 ECEA1EU470 47 UF 25V RADIAL LEAD 

C 2 CC50-03680 1 31433 C320C683K5R5CA .068 UF CERAMIC X7R 







DS 1 IML0-00080 1 28480 HDSP-2113 (clear) 8 DIGIT GREEN LED 




DS 13 ILGR-01660 1 3T059 E166 CLEAR GREEN LED 



Parts Lists 

120BA01512 DATA ENTRY M7100 PCA (A106), Rev: D 





DS 18 ILYR-01440 1 28480 HLMP-1440 CLEAR YELLOW LED 

P 2 JIA1-04295 1 27264 22-11-2042 4 PIN LOCKING STRIP PLUG 

P 60 JIR1-20060 1 58900 JIR1-20060 60 PIN STRPLN PLG RT ANG 

R 1 RN55-15110 1 91637 RN55C5111F 5.11 K OHMS; METAL FILM 





S 8 120BA06711 1 58900 120BA06711 PUSHBUTTON SW ASY MNT 


























XDS 1 JSE0-20028 1 51167 28-8675-610-C 28 PIN ELEVATOR SOCKET 




120BA12900 MAIN TUNE PCA (A107), Rev: A1 


1 120BF12900 1 58900 120BF12900 MAIN TUNE PCB 


3 HSCS-40304 2 05791 AL6311B-0.187 #4 X 3/16 SWG CLR SPACER 

C 1 CC50-05100 1 04222 SR305E105MAA 1 UF CERAMIC Z5U 




CR 1 DPAB-05391 1 14936 1N5391 1N5391 1.5A 35V DIODE 








R 1 RN55-04750 1 91637 RN55C4750F 475 OHMS 1% MET FILM 






120BA07900 DETECTOR BUFFER PCA (A200), Rev: D 


0 120BS07900 REF 58900 120BS07900 DETECTOR BUFFER SCH 

1 120CF07900 1 58900 120CF07900 DETECTOR BUFFER PCB 

2 120CF08500 1 58900 120CF08500 DETECTOR BUFFER HOUSING 

3 120BF08600 1 58900 120BF08600 DETECTOR BUFFER COVER 

4 120BF08700 1 58900 120BF08700 DETECTOR BUFFER BASE 


6 HSFH-60204 2 55566 RAF 4728-B-12 6-32 X 1/8 M/M SPACER 


8 WSB0-26000 20 16428 8023 26 GA BUS WIRE 






C 1 CC50-04100 1 31433 C322C104M5U5CA C9248 .1 UF CERAMIC Z5U 










C 11 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R 



C 14 CC50-02100 1 04222 SR155C122MAT .001 UF CERAMIC Y5P 


C 16 CC50-02150 1 31433 C320C152J1G5CA-9248 1500 PF CERAMIC 




C 21 CC50-01220 1 31433 C315C221K1G5CA 220 PF CERAMIC NPO 


CX 17 CC50-????? REF 58900 CC50-????? COMPONENT SELECTED IN TEST 

J 1 JRBM-00000 1 58900 JRBM-00000 SMB M BULK MOUNT 







L 1 LAD0-08120 1 91637 IMS 5 1200 UH 10 1200 UH INDUCTOR 

L 2 LAD0-08120 1 91637 IMS 5 1200 UH 10 1200 UH INDUCTOR 



P 1 LFT0-83208 1 09769 92-4068-009-1 FEED-THRU FILTER 15A 







Q 1 QMNS-00214 1 06049 SD214DE SD214DE,5V VGS 





R 1 RN55-21910 1 91637 RN55C1912F 19.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 


R 3 RN50-11000 1 91637 RNC50H1001F 1.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 


R 5 RN50-05620 1 91637 RN50D5620F 562 OHMS 1% METAL FILM 



R 8 RN50-31000 1 91637 RN50C1003F 100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 




R 12 RN50-04020 1 91637 RN50C4020F 402 OHMS 1% METAL FILM 

R 13 RN50-04020 1 91637 RN50C4020F 402 OHMS 1% METAL FILM 





Parts Lists 

120BA07900 DETECTOR BUFFER PCA (A200), Rev: D 








U 1 UFN0-00840 1 24355 AD 840JN AD840 OP AMP 

U 2 UFN0-00845 1 24355 AD845AQ AD845 OP AMP 

U 3 UFN0-00420 1 1ES66 MAX420CPA LM420 CMOS OP AMP 

U 4 ULN0-02901 1 01295 LM2901N LM2901N QUAD COMPARATOR 

U 5 UFN0-00037 1 58900 UFN0-00037 ADOP37 OP AMP 

120CA11502 100MHZ MODULE ASY (A201); GT9000, Rev: D 


1 004BA00001 1 58900 004BA00001 SAMPLER ASSEMBLY 

2 101BF04300 2 58900 101BF04300 SAMPLER IF WALL 

3 101BF04400 1 58900 101BF04400 SAMPLER DRIVER WALL 

4 101BF04500 1 58900 101BF04500 SAMPLER DRIVER SUPPORT 

5 101BF04600 2 58900 101BF04600 SAMPLER IF SUPPORT 

6 101BF25901 1 58900 101BF25901 CONNECT.MTG PLATE 100MHZ 

7 WSIB-242XX 4 58900 WSIB-242XX 24 GA PVC COLOR 2 


10 JRBM-00000 4 58900 JRBM-00000 SMB M BULK MOUNT 


12 URC0-07905 1 01295 UA7952CKC MC7905.2CT 1A -5.2V REG 

13 WSIB-245XX 4 58900 WSIB-245XX 24 GA PVC COLOR 5 

14 HQWN-02200 1 04713 B51547F019 TO220 SHOULDER WASHER 

15 HQIS-01260 1 55285 7403-09FR-51 TO126 INSULATOR 

16 ETI0-07555 2 58900 ETI0-07555 FEED THRU TERMINAL 

23 RN55-01300 1 91637 RN55C1300F 130 OHMS 1% MET FILM 

24 RN55-00825 1 91637 RN55C82R5F 82.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM 

25 101CA04203 1 58900 101CA04203 100 MHz MODULE PCA; GT9000 

26 GELS-26125 REF 58900 GELS-26125 LS26 ECCOSORB 

27 004BA00101 1 58900 004BA00101 SAMPLER ASSY REVERSE MTG 

32 4202352100 2 58900 4202352100 SAMPLER GASKET 








108 HBPP-25604 4 58900 HBPP-25604 2-56 X 1/4 PAN 

109 WRTE-249XX 18 92194 2844/1-1 #24 SOLID TEFLON 

110 WSB0-24000 1 58900 WSB0-24000 24 GAUGE BUS WIRE 

111 WKAC-12508 1 92194 FIT221-1/8D X 1/ 1/8 X 1/2 SHRINK TUB 

112 WTT0-22001 1 16428 #22AWG-TFE/TW #22 CLEAR TFE SLVNG 


C 65 CC50-01120 1 31433 315C121K1G5CA-9248 120 PF CERAMIC NPO 

L 6 LAD0-06270 1 91637 IMS 5 27 UH 5% 27 UH INDUCTOR 

L 7 LAD0-04150 1 91637 IMS 5.15UH 5% .15 UH INDUCTOR 

L 8 LAD0-04150 1 91637 IMS 5.15UH 5% .15 UH INDUCTOR 



101CA04203 100 MHz MODULE PCA; GT9000, Rev: A 


0 101DS04203 REF 58900 101DS04203 100 MHz MODULE SCH; GT9000 

1 101CF04200 1 58900 101CF04200 100MHZ MODULE PCB 


3 WRTE-249XX 1 92194 2844/1-1 #24 SOLID TEFLON 






C 6 CT20-06100 1 31433 T110B106K020AS 10 UF 20V TANTALUM 


C 8 CC50-00120 1 31433 C315C120J2G5CA 12 PF CERAMIC NPO 











C 20 CC50-00330 1 31433 C315C330J2G5CA C9248 33 PF CERAMIC NPO 


C 22 CC50-00330 1 31433 C315C330J2G5CA C9248 33 PF CERAMIC NPO 

C 23 CV00-01012 1 18736 EF14 1-14 PF VARIABLE 



C 26 CC50-00047 1 31433 C315C479D2G5CA-9248 4.7 PF CERAMIC NPO 






C 32 CV00-09035 1 59660 538-011D-9-35 9-35 PF VARIABLE 

C 33 CV00-09035 1 59660 538-011D-9-35 9-35 PF VARIABLE 






























C 66 CC50-00018 1 51642 100-100-NPO-189B 1.8 PF CERAMIC NPO 

CR 1 DVA0-00109 1 26629 KV3901 MV109 6-30 PF DIODE 

CR 2 DSA0-02810 1 28480 5082-2800 5082-2810 SCHOT. DIODE 

HR 1 Y35H-00150 1 12020 T05M-2D 15V H-35/U CRYSTAL OVEN 

L 1 LAD0-05150 1 91637 IMS 5.15UH 5% 1.5 UH INDUCTOR 

L 2 LAD0-05270 1 91637 IMS 5 2.7uH 5% 2.7 UH INDUCTOR 

L 3 420BA18006 1 58900 420BA18006 HANDWOUND INDUCTOR, 6 1/2 T 

L 4 420BA18006 1 58900 420BA18006 HANDWOUND INDUCTOR, 6 1/2 T 

Q 1 QBNS-06304 1 04713 2N2857 2N6304 15V 1400MHZ NPN 



Parts Lists 

101CA04203 100 MHz MODULE PCA; GT9000, Rev: A 


Q 3 QBNS-04275 1 58900 QBNS-04275 PN4275 .1A 15V .6W NPN 













R 9 RN55-15620 1 91637 RN55C5621B 5.62 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 


R 11 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 OHMS 1% MET FILM 












R 24 RN55-01500 1 91637 RN55C1500D 150 OHMS 1% MET FILM 

R 25 RN55-01500 1 91637 RN55C1500D 150 OHMS 1% MET FILM 















R 40 RN55-15620 1 91637 RN55C5621B 5.62 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 


R 42 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 OHMS 1% MET FILM 


U 1 UEN0-10216 1 04713 MC10216PC MC10216P TRIPLE RCVR 

U 2 UANP-00733 1 01295 UA733CN UA733DC VIDEO AMP 

U 3 URP0-78120 1 04713 MC78L12ACP MC78L12CP .1A 12V REG 



U 6 UANP-00733 1 01295 UA733CN UA733DC VIDEO AMP 

Y 1 Y351-10000 1 58900 Y351-10000 100MHz CRYSTAL HC35U 




Parts Lists 

6.2 List of Manufacturers 

The names and addresses of manufacturers cited in the preceding parts lists are shown in 

Table 6-1. Each manufacturer is listed under its CAGE number (COMMERCIAL AND 

GOVERNMENT ENTITY), as noted in the parts lists. In a few cases, no CAGE number has 

been assigned; these manufacturers are referenced by Giga-tronics codes which are shown at the 

end of the list. 

Table 6-1. Manufacturer’s List 

Cage Name Address 

0ABX4 Comptec Inc 7837 Custer School Rd Custer WA 98240 

0AG18 Hirose Electric USA Inc Chatsworth CA 

0AX52 Ditom Microwave Inc 1180 Coleman Ave #103 San Jose CA 95110 

0BE81 Aerovox-Mallory 20 Aberdeen Dr Glasgow KY 42141 

0B0A9 Dallas Semiconductor Corp 6350 Beltwood Pky S Dallas TX 75244 

0B549 Siemens Components Inc Semiconductor Group 2191 Laurelwood Rd Santa Clara CA 95054 

0D2A6 Mitsubishi Electronics Inc 1050 East Arques Ave Sunnyvale CA 94086 

0D3V2 Menlo Industries Inc 44060 Old Warm Springs Blvd Fremont CA 94538 

0EUK7 All American Transistor of California Inc 369 Van Ness Way Suite 701 Torrance CA 90501 

0GP12 Radiall Inc 150 Long Beach Blvd Stratford CT 06497 

0GYA7 Signal Transformer Co 500 Bayview Ave Inwood NY 11696 

0HS44 Pacific Millimeter 189 Linbrook Dr San Diego CA 92111 

0HFH6 Futaba Corporation of America 555 West Victoria St Compton CA 90220 

0HFJ2 Microplastic 9180 Gazette Ave Chatsworth CA 91311 

0HIN5 Marcon America Corp 998 Forest Edge Dr Vernon Hills IL 60061 

0H379 Aerowave Inc 344 Salem St Medford MA 02155 

0J7V3 Amp Inc 19200 Stevens Creek Blvd Suite 1 Cupertino CA 95014 

0JNR4 Dupont Eelectronics Customer Service Center 825 Old Trail Rd PO Box 80019 Wilmington DE 19880-0019 

0KA21 Stetco Inc 3344 Schierhorn Ct Franklin Park IL 60131 

00443 Waveline Inc 160 Passaic Ave West Caldwell NJ 07006 

00656 Aerovox Inc 740 Belleville Ave New Bedford MA 02745 

00750 Air Track Mfg Corp College Park MD 

00809 Croven Crystals 500 Beech St Whitby Ontario CAN L1N5S5 

00815 Midland - Ross 357 Beloit St Burlington WI 53105 

01121 Allen-Bradley Co 1201 South 2nd St Milwaukee WI 53204 

01295 Texas Instruments Inc 13500 N Central Expwy Dallas TX 75265 

01963 Cherry Electrical Products Corp 3600 Sunset Ave Waukegan IL 60087 

02113 Coilcraft Inc 1102 Silver Lake Dr Cary IL 60013-1658 

02490 Electronic Devices Inc Hampden MA 

02660 Amphenol Corp 358 Hall Ave Wallingford CT 06492 

02735 RCA Corp Route 202 Somerville NJ 08876 

03614 Bussman Mfg 114 Old St Rd PO Box 144 St Louis MO 63178 

04222 AVX Ceramics Div of AVX Corp 19th Ave South PO Box 867 Myrtle Beach SC 29577 

04426 ITW Switches 6615 West Irving Park Rd Chicago IL 60634 

04552 Grace W R and Co 869 Washington St Canton MA 02021 

04713 Motorola Inc 5005 East McDowell Rd Phoenix AZ 85008 

05236 Jonathan Manufacturing Corp 1101 South Acacia Ave Fullerton CA 92631 

05245 Corcom Inc 1600 Winchester Rd Libertyville IL 60048 

05276 ITT Pomona Electronics Div 1500 E 9th St PO Box 2767 Pomona CA 91766 

05791 Lyn-Tron Inc 3150 Damon Way Burbank CA 91505 

05820 EG and G Wakefield Engineering 60 Audubon Rd Wakefield MA 01880 

05905 Jerobee Industries Inc Redmond WA 

06049 Topaz Inc 9192 Topaz Way San Diego CA 92123 

06090 Raychem Corp 300 Constitution Dr Menlo Park CA 94025-1111 

06349 Cam-Lok Div Empire Product Inc 10540 Chester Rd Cincinnati OH 45215 

06383 Panduit Corp 17301 Ridgeland Tinley Park IL 60477 

06540 New Haven Mfg Corp Amatom Div 446 Blake St New Haven CT 06515 

06776 Robinson Nugent Inc 800 East 8th St New Albany IN 47150 

06915 Richco Plastics Co 5825 N Tripp Ave Chicago IL 60646-6013 




07115 Corning Glass Works Houghton Pk Corning NY 14830 

07180 Sage Laboratories Inc East Natick Industrial Park 3 Huron Dr Natick MA 01760 

07263 Fairchild Semiconductor Corp Cupertino CA 

07512 Oak Materials Group Inc McCaffery St Hoosick Falls NY 12090 

07556 Calabro Industries Inc 1372 Enterprise Dr West Chester PA 19380 

09022 Cornell-Dubilier Electronics 1605 East Rodney French Blvd New Bedford MA 02741 

09353 C and K Components Inc 15 Riverdale Ave Newton MA 02158 

09922 Burndy Corp 1 Richards Ave Norwalk CT 06856 

09969 Dale Electronics Inc East Highway 50 PO Box 180 Yankton SD 57078 

1AU47 Lucas Weinschel Inc 1 Weinschel Ln PO Box 6001 Gaithersburg MD 

1BH13 Fenwall Electronics Inc 64 Fountain St Framingham MA 01701-6211 

1BR23 CW Industries Inc Atlanta GA 04000 

1CY63 Sierra Microwave Technology 11295-B Sunrise Gold Circle Rancho Cordova CA 95670 

1DS68 Sumner Mfg Inc Hwy 411 S-Sumner Dr PO Drawer A Rome GA 30162 

1ES66 Maxim Intergrated Products 510 North Pastoria Ave Sunnyvale CA 94086 

1E584 Electrical Wire Products Bay Associates Inc 150 Jefferson Dr Menlo Park CA 94025-1115 

1FN41 Atmel Corp 2125 Onel Dr San Jose CA 95131 

1JJ60 Applied Tooling and Mfg Inc 1115 Industrial Ave Escondido CA 92025 

1W232 Spacek Labs 528 Santa Barbara St Santa Barbara CA 93101 

1Y147 Virtech 805 G University Ave Los Gatos CA 95030 

11532 Teledyne Relays 12525 Daphne Ave Hawthorne CA 90250 

11769 Elco/Dyntech Div of Elco Corp 1225 East Wakeham Ave Santa Ana CA 92702 

12020 Ovenaire Div of Electronic Tech 706 Forrest St Charlottesville VA 22901 

12457 Merrimac Industries Inc 41 Fairfield Pl West Caldwell NJ 07006 

13103 Thermalloy Co Inc 2021 W Valley View Lane PO Box 810839 Dallas TX 75381 

13511 Amphenol Cadre Div Bunker Ramo Corp Los Gatos CA 

13708 Allied Components Inglewood CA 

13919 Burr-Brown Corp 6730 S Tucson Blvd Tucson AZ 85734 

14482 Watkins-Johnson Co 3333 Hillview Ave Palo Alto CA 94304 

14552 Microsemi Corp 2830 S Fairview St Santa Ana CA 92704-5948 

14604 Elmwood Sensors Inc 500 Narragansett Park Dr Pawtucket RI 02861 

14936 General Instrument Corp Power Semiconductor Div 600 West John St Hicksville NY 11802 

15268 RHG Electronics Laboratory Inc 161 East Industry Ct Deer Park NY 11729 

15450 Erie Specialty Products Inc 645 W 11th Street Erie PA 16512 

15542 Mini-Circuits Laboratory 2625 East 14th St Brooklyn NY 11235 

15915 Tepro of Florida Inc 2608 Enterprise Rd Clearwater FL 33517 

16179 M/A-Com Omni Spectra Inc 21 Continental Blvd Merrimack NH 03054 

16352 Codi Semiconductor Inc 144 Market Street Kenilworth NJ 07033 

16428 Cooper Industries Inc 350 NW N St Richmond IN 47374 

16453 Western Microwave Inc 495 Mercury Dr Sunnyvale CA 94086 

16508 Aerovox Corp 19th Ave S PO Box 867 Myrtle Beach SC 29577 

16733 Radio Frequency Systems Inc Cablewave Systems Div 60 Dodge Ave North Haven CT 06473 

17217 Gore W L and Associates Inc 555 Paper Mill Rd Newark DE 19714 

17540 Alpha Industries Inc 20 Sylvan Rd Woburn MA 01801 

17856 Siliconix Inc 2201 Laurelwood Rd Santa Clara CA 95054 

18041 Diodes Inc Power Components Div 21243 Ventura Blvd Woodland Hills CA 91364-2109 

18310 Concord Electronics Corp 30 Great Jones St New York NY 10012 

18324 Signetics Corp 4130 South Market Ct Sacramento CA 95834 

18364 Mag-Tool Co 940 American St San Carlos CA 94070 

18714 RCA Corp Findlay Plant 1700 Fostoria Rd Findlay OH 45840 

18736 Voltronics Corp West St East Hanover NJ 07936 

19701 Mepco/Electra Inc PO Box 760 Mineral Wells TX 76067 

2J873 Celeritex Inc 617 River Oaks Pky San Jose CA 95134 

2J899 Dynawave Inc 94 Searle St PO Box 938 Georgetown MA 01833 

2M734 Panasonic Co PO Box 1502 Secaucus NJ 07094 

2M881 Harris Corp Harris Semiconductor 883 Stierling Rd Suite 8120 Mountain View CA 94043-1930 

2R182 Smith H H Co 325 N Illinois St Indianapolis IN 46204-1703 

2V941 Microsource Inc 1269 Corporate Ctr Pky Santa Rosa CA 95407 

20550 Engineering Mfg Co Sheboygan WI 

20944 Wiltron Co 805 East Middlefield Rd Mountain View CA 94042 

20999 Minnesota Mining and Mfg Co 3M Center St Paul MN 55101 

21604 Buckeye Stamping Co 555 Marion Rd Columbus OH 43207 

21847 TRW Microwave Inc 825 Stewart Dr Sunnyvale CA 94086 

22519 Data Delay Devices 385 Lakeview Ave Clifton NJ 07011 


Parts Lists 


23499 Judd Wire Inc 870 Los Vallecitos Blvd San Marcos CA 92069 

23899 Van Petty Mfg Inc 1168 Tourmaline Dr Newbury Park CA 91320 

23936 Pamotor 770 Airport Blvd Burlingame CA 94010 

24355 Analog Devices Inc Rt 1 Industrial Park Norwood MA 02062 

24539 Avantek Inc 3175 Bowers Ave Santa Clara CA 95054 

24759 Lenox-Fugle Electronics Inc 100 Sylvania Place South Plainfield NJ 07080-1448 

24931 Specialty Connector Co Inc 2100 Earlywood Dr PO Box 547 Franklin IN 46131 

24995 Environmental Container System 3560 Rouge River Hwy Grants Pass OR 97526 

26066 Minnesota Mining and Mfg. Co 3M Center St Paul MN 55101 

26629 Frequency Sources Inc 16 Maple Rd Chelmsford MA 01824 

26692 B and S Tool & Die Company 2300 Sulphur Spring Rd Baltimore MD 21227 

26922 Cetec Corp 9900 Baldwin Place El Monte CA 91731 

26923 Control Master Products Inc 1062 Shary Circle Concord CA 94518 

27014 National Semiconductor Corp 2900 Semiconductor Dr Santa Clara CA 95051 

27264 Molex Inc 2222 Wellington Ct Lisle IL 60532 

27802 Vectron Laboratories Inc 166 Gover Ave Norwalk CT 06850 

27851 Film Microelectronics 17 A St Burlington MA 01803 

28480 Hewlett Packard Co 3000 Hanover St Palo Alto CA 94304 

28520 Heyco Molded Products 750 Boulevard PO Box 160 Kenilworth NJ 07033 

29005 Storm Products Co 112 South Glasglow Ave Inglewood CA 90301 

29111 Trak Microwave Corp 735 Palomar Ave Sunnyvale CA 94086 

29990 American Technical Ceramics One Nordon Lane Huntington Stn NY 11746 

3A054 McMaster-Carr Supply Co 9630 Norwalk Blvd Santa Fe Springs CA 90670 

3E364 Vemaline 333 Strawberry Field Rd Warwick RI 02887 

3W023 Philips Components Discrete Product Div 5083 Kings Hwy Saugerties NY 12477 

3Z990 Tech Pro Inc 6243 E US Hwy 98 Panama City FL 32404-7434 

30035 Jolo Industries Inc 13921 Nautilus Dr Garden Grove CA 92643-4026 

30817 Instrument Specialties Co Inc Exit 53 Route 80 PO Box A Delaware Water Gap PA 18327 

31433 Kemet Electronics Corp 2835 Kemet Way Simpsonville SC 29681 

31703 Gudrun Frederickson Co Oakland CA 

31757 Micrpac Industries Inc 905 E Walnut St Garland TX 75040 

31781 Edac Inc 40 Tiffield Rd Scarborough Ont CAN M1V 5B6 

31918 ITT Schadow Inc 8081 Wallace Rd Eden Prarie MN 55344 

32293 Intersil Inc 2450 Walsh Ave Santa Clara CA 95051 

32559 Bivar Inc 4 Thomas St Irvine CA 92718 

32767 Griffith Plastics Corp 1027 California Dr Burlingame CA 94010 

32997 Bourns Inc Trimpot Division 1200 Columbia Ave Riverside CA 92507 

33592 Miteq Inc 100 Davids Dr Huappauge NY 11787 

34031 Analog Devices 7810 Success Rd Greensboro NC 27409 

34078 Midwest Microwave Inc 3800 Packard Rd Ann Arbor MI 48104 

34335 Advanced Micro Devices Inc 901 Thompson Place Sunnyvale CA 94086 

34553 Amperex Electronic Corp Hauppauge NY 32732 

34576 Rockwell International Corp 4311 Jamboree Rd Newport Beach CA 92660 

34781 MCW Industries 129 Southside Drive Charlotte NC 28210 

34785 Dek Inc 3480 Swenson Ave St Charles IL 60174 

36437 Star Stainless Products Ltd Montreal Que CAN H4T1N8 

4F708 Hammond Mfg Co US Inc 1690 Walden Drive Buffalo NY 14225 

4R125 Magnetec Corp 61 W Dudleytown Rd Bloomfield CT 06002 

4S028 Brady W M Co Industrial Products Div Milwaukee WI 

4T165 NEC Electronics USA Inc Electron Div 401 Ellis St P.O. Box 7241 Mountain View CA 94039 

4U402 Roederstein Electronics Inc 2100 W Front St Statesville NC 28677-3651 

4U751 Advanced Semiconductors Inc 7525 Etmel Ave Unit 6 North Hollywood CA 91605-1912 

46384 Penn Engineering & Mfg Corp Old Easton Rd PO Box 1000 Danboro PA 18916 

5H281 Allmetal Screw Products Arlington TX 

5J927 Interface Technology Div of Dynatech Corp 2100 E Alcosta Ave Glendora CA 91740 

50721 Datel Inc 11 Cabot Blvd Mansfield MA 02048 

51167 Aries Electronics Inc 62 Trenton Ave Frenchtown NJ 08825 

51284 Mos Technology Inc 950 Rittenhouse Rd Norristown PA 19401 

51642 Centre Engineering Inc 2820 East College Ave State College PA 16801 

51705 Ico-Rally Corp 2575 East Bayshore Rd Palo Alto CA 94303 

52063 Exar Integrated Systems 2222 Gume Dr PO Box 49007 San Jose CA 95161-9007 

52072 Circuit Assembly Corp 18 Thomas St Irvine CA 92718 

52648 Plessey Trading Corp 1641 Kaiser Ave Irvine CA 92714 

52683 Baytron Co Inc 344 Salem St Medford MA 02155 




52763 Stettner Electronics Inc 6135 Airways Blvd Chattanooga TN 37421 

52840 Western Digital Corp 3128 Red Hill Ave Costa Mesa CA 92626 

53387 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Co Electronic Products Div 3M 

Austin TX 

53421 Tyton Corp 7930 N Faulkner Rd PO Box 23055 Milwaukee WI 53223 

53673 Thomson-CSF Components Corp 6660 Variel Ave Canoga Park CA 91304 

54186 Micro Power Systems Inc 3100 Alfred St Santa Clara CA 95050 

54343 Riedel M W and Co 300 Cypress Ave Alhambra CA 91801 

54487 Micronetics Inc 36 Oak St Norwood NJ 07648 

54516 National Cable Molding Corp 136 San Fernando Rd Los Angeles CA 90031 

54558 SDI Inc North Billerica MA 

54583 TDK Electronics Corp 12 Harbor Park Dr Port Washington NY 11550 

55153 Dielectric Laboratories Inc 69 Albany St Cazenovia NY 13035 

55261 LSI Computer Systems Inc 1235 Walt Whitman Rd Melville NY 11747 

55285 Bergquist Co Inc 5300 Edina Industrial Blvd Minneapolis MN 55435 

55322 Samtec Inc 810 Progress Blvd PO Box 1147 New Albany IN 47150 

55387 Pamtech 8030 Remmet Ave Canoga Park CA 91304 

55566 RAF Electronic Hardware Inc 95 Silvermine Rd Seymour CT 06483-3915 

55576 Synertek 3001 Stender Way Santa Clara CA 95051 

55680 Nichicon America Corp 927 E State Pky Schaumburg IL 60195 

55801 Compensated Devices Inc 166 Tremont St Melrose MA 02176-2204 

55989 Semicon Inc Div of the Lorvic Corp 8810 Frost Ave St. Louis MO 63134-1002 

56248 Consolidated Refining Co 115 Hoyt Ave Mamaroneck NY 10543 

56289 Sprague Electric Co 87 Marshall St North Adams MA 01247 

56501 Thomas & Betts Corp 1001 Frontier Rd Bridgewater NJ 08807 

56563 Alatec Products 12747 Saticoy St North Hollywood CA 91605 

56866 Quality Thermistor Inc 2147 Centurion Pl Boise ID 83709 

57032 Daden Associates Inc 23011 Moulton Pky A-12 Laguna Hills CA 92653 

57793 United Microwave Products Inc 185 West 205th St Torrance CA 90503 

57834 Brim Electronics Inc 120 Home Pl Lodi NJ 07644-1514 

58090 Thermometrics Inc 808 Rt 1 Edison NJ 08817-4624 

58202 Innowave Inc 15555 Concord Circle Morgan Hill CA 95037 

58361 General Instrument Corp Optoelectronics Div 3400 Hillview Ave Palo Alto CA 94304 

58377 National Electronics 11731 Markon Dr Garden Grove CA 92641 

58684 Magnetec Corp 61 W Dudleytown Rd Bloomfield CT 06002 

58756 CTS Corp Electromechanical Div 1142 W Beardsley Ave Elkhart IN 46514 

58758 Zambre Co Inc 2134M Old Middlefield Way Mountain View CA 94043-2404 

58900 Giga-tronics Inc 4650 Norris Canyon Road San Ramon CA 94583 

59124 KOA Speer Electronics Inc Bolivar Dr PO Box 547 Bradford PA 16701 

59365 Metelics Corp 975 Stewart Dr Sunnyvale CA 94086 

59660 Tusonix Inc 2155 N Forbes Blvd #107 Tucson AZ 85745 

59942 AVX Filters Corp 11144 Penrose St Sun Valley CA 91352 

59980 Midwest Polychem Ltd 1502 N 25th Ave Melrose Park IL 60160 

6A566 Tecknit Corp 320 North Nopal St Santa Barbara CA 93103 

6V806 Frammar Mfg Inc (formerly Omni Spectra Corp) 6859 Tujunga Ave North Hollywood CA 91605 

6Y341 Microwave Technology Inc 4268 Solar Way Fremont CA 94538 

60393 Precision Resistive Products 655 Main St Mediapolis IA 52637 

60395 Xicor Inc 851 Buckeye Ct Milpitas CA 95035 

60450 Microwave Components Inc 7 Meehan Dr Chelmsford MA 01824 

60583 Narda Microwave Corp 11040 White Rock Rd Suite 200 Rancho Cordova CA 95670 

60644 CSDC PO Box 2116 Wayne NJ 07470 

61104 Aris Engineering Corp 30 Bond St Haverhill MA 01830 

61429 Fox Electronics Inc 5570 Enterprise Pky Ft. Myers FL 33905 

61485 Hitachi Denshi America Ltd 175 Crossways Park W Woodbury NY 11797 

61529 Aromat Corp 629 Central Ave New Providence NJ 07974 

61638 Advanced Interconnections 5 Energy Way West Warwick RI 02893 

61772 Integrated Device Technology 3236 Scott Blvd PO Box 58015 Santa Clara CA 95052 

61802 Toshiba International 13131 West Little York Rd Houston TX 77041 

61964 Omron Electronics Inc 1E Commerce Schaumburg IL 60173 

62277 Atlas Wire and Cable Corp 133 S Van Norman Rd Montebello CA 90640 

62331 Krytar Inc 1292 Anvilwood Ct Sunnyvale CA 94086 

62559 Schroff Inc 170 Commerce Dr Warwick RI 02886 

62643 United Chemicon Inc 9806 Higgins St Rosemont IL 60018 

63058 McKenzie Socket Technology Inc 44370 Old Warm Springs Blvd Fremont CA 94538 


Parts Lists 


63132 Time Microwave 398 Martin Ave Santa Clara CA 95050 

63345 Overland Products Co Inc 1687 Airport Rd Fremont NE 68025 

63468 Electro Dynamics 5625 Foxridge Dr Shawnee Mission KS 66201 

63542 Hall-Mark Electronics Corp 11333 Pagemill Rd Dallas TX 75243 

64135 Filter Concepts 2624 S Rousselle St Santa Ana CA 92707 

64155 Linear Technology Corp 1630 McCarthy Blvd Milpitas CA 95035 

64671 Inmet Corp 300 Dino Dr Ann Arbor MI 48103 

64859 AP Products Inc 9325 Progress Parkway Mentor OH 44061 

65032 Rogers Corp PO Box 700 Chandler AZ 85224 

65449 Amtex Intl Inc 1878 Star Batt Rochester MI 48063 

65517 Ayer Engineering Co 1250 West Roger Rd Tucson AZ 85705 

65664 Catamount Mfg Inc 158 Governor Dr PO Box 720 Orange MA 01364 

65940 Rohm Corp 8 Whatney Irvine CA 92714 

65964 EVOX-RIFA Inc 100 Tri-State Intl. Suite 290 Lincolnshire IL 60069 

66039 Kaycor International 1732 Central St Evanston IL 60201 

66148 Fairlane Fluid/Air Products 23435 Industrial Park Dr Farmington MI 48024 

66449 Microsource Inc 1269 Corporate Center Pky Santa Rosa CA 95407 

66466 Standard Instrumentation Inc 3322 Pennsylvania Ave Charleston WV 25302 

66544 Continental Microwave & Tool Co 10 Merrill Industrial Dr Hampton NH 03842-0998 

66579 Waferscale Intergraton 47280 Kato Rd Fremont CA 94538 

66958 SGS Semiconductor Corp 7117 E 3rd Ave Scottsdale AZ 52251 

67297 Herotek Inc. 222 N Wolfe Rd Sunnyvale CA 94086 

68459 River Run Enterprises Inc 2001 Jefferson Davis Ave Selma AL 36701 

68630 Tadiran Electronics Industries Inc 3000 Dundee Rd Northbrook IL 60062 

7E222 Littlefuse Tracor Inc 800 E Northwest Hwy Des Plaines IL 60016 

7E585 Zero Mfg 777 Front St Burbank CA 91303 

7M800 Analog Devices Inc 2444 Moorpark Ave San Jose CA 95128 

7U905 Seastrom Inc 2351 Kentucky Ave Indianapolis IN 46241-4827 

7W263 Huber and Suhner Ltd Tumbleinstrass 20 Pfaffikon Switz CH-8330 

70364 American Electric Switch Corp Route 4 Rocky Hill Hwy Lancaster SC 29720 

70903 Belden Corp 200 South Batavia Ave Geneva IL 60134 

71034 Bliley Electric Co 2545 W Grandview Blvd Erie PA 16508 

71218 Bud Industries 4605 E 355th St Willoughby OH 44094 

71450 CTS Corp 1201 Cumberland Ave West Lafayette IN 47906 

71468 ITT Corp ITT Cannon Div 666 E Dyer Rd Santa Ana CA 92702 

71785 Labinal Components and Systems Inc 1521 Morse Ave Elk Grove Village IL 60007 

72259 Nytronics Inc 475 Park Ave South New York NY 10016 

72982 Murata Erie North America Inc 645 West 11th St Erie PA 16512 

73138 Beckman Industrial 4141 Palm St Fullerton CA 92635 

73734 Federal Screw Products Inc 3917 N Kedzie Ave Chicago IL 60618-3415 

74840 Illinois Capacitor Inc 3757 W Touhy Ave Lincolnwood IL 60645 

74970 Johnson E F Co 299 10th Ave South West Waseca MN 56093 

75263 Keystone Carbon Co Inc 1935 State St St Marys PA 15857 

75332 Kings Electronics Co Inc Brooklyn NY (relocated; see CAGE 91836) 

75378 CTS Knights Inc 400 Reimann Ave Sandwich IL 60548 

75915 Tracor Littlefuse Inc 800 East Northwest Hwy Des Plains IL 60016 

78553 Eaton Corp Engineered Fasteners Div 14701 Detroit Ave Lakewood OH 44107-4101 

79963 Zierick Mfg Co Radio Circle Mt Kisko NY 10549 

8B649 Intel Corp 3065 Bowers Ave Santa Clara CA 95051 

8E631 Solitron-MIC Port Salerno FL (relocated; see CAGE 95077) 

8G639 Wavecom Sunnyvale CA 94086 

8K805 Omni Spectra Inc Los Altos CA 

8Z313 LMS Electronics 34101 Monroe Rd Charlotte NC 28205 

81073 Grayhill Inc 561 Hillgrove Ave La Grange IL 60525 

81312 Winchester Electronics 400 Park Rd Watertown CT 06795 

81349 Military specification promulgated by military departments/agencies under authority of Defense Standardization Manual 4120 3-M 

81703 Mulberry Metal Products Inc 2199 Stanley Terrace Union NJ 07083 

81774 Carol Wire and Cable Corp 249 Roosevelt Ave Pawtucket RI 02860 

82152 Transco Products Inc 4241 Glenco Ave Marina Del Ray CA 90295 

82199 Polarad Electronics Inc 5 Delaware Drv Lake Success NY 11042 

82877 Rotron Inc 7 Hasbrouck Lane Woodstock NY 12498 

83330 Kulka Smith Inc 1913 Atlantic Ave Manasquan NJ 08736 

84084 American Iron and Machine Work 720 Industrial Blvd Oklahoma City OK 

84171 ARCO Electronics 400 Moreland Rd Commack NY 11725-5707 




84411 American Shizuki Corp 301 W O St Ogallala NE 69153 

86797 Rogan Corp 3455 Woodhead Dr Northbrook IL 60062 

88245 Winchester Electronics 13536 Saticoy St Van Nuys CA 91409 

89110 Amp Inc 1595 South Mt Joy St Elizabethtown PA 17022 

9B003 Dynamics Corp of America Electronics Systems Div Encino CA 

9W826 EZ Form Cable Corp 315 Peck St Bldg 24 New Haven CT 06513 

9Z397 Fujitsu Component of America Inc 3320 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054-3101 

90201 Mallory Capacitor Co 4760 Kentucky Ave Indianapolis IN 46206 

91303 KOL Inc St Paul MN 

91506 Augat Inc 452 John Dietsch Blvd Attleboro Falls MA 02763 

91637 Dale Electronics Inc 1122 23rd St Columbus NE 68601-3632 

91662 Elco Corp Industrial Park Huntington PA 16652 

91833 Keystone Electronics Corp 31-07 20th Rd Astoria NY 11105 

91836 Kings Electronics Co Inc 40 Marbledale Road Tuckahoe NY 10707-3420 

92194 Alpha Wire Corp 711 Lidgerwood Ave Elizabeth NJ 07207 

93459 Weinschel Engineering Co 1 Weinschel Lane Gaithersburg MD 20877 

94696 Magnecraft 1910 Techny Rd Northbrook IL 60062 

95054 Sermax Corp Milwaukee WI 

95077 Solitron Devices Inc Solitron/Microwave Div 1177 Blue Heron Blvd Bldg 2 Riviera Beach FL 33404 

95146 Alco Electronics Products Inc 1551 Osgood St North Andover MA 01845 

95275 Vitramon Inc Box 544 Bridgeport CT 06601 

95348 Gordos Arkansas Inc 1000 N 2nd St PO Box 824 Rogers AR 72757 

95987 Weskesser Co Inc 727 West Glendale Ave Milwaukee WI 53209 

96341 Microwave Associates Inc NW Industrial Park S Ave Burlington MA 01803 

96733 San Fernando Electric Mfg Co 1501 First St San Fernando CA 91341 

98291 ITT Sealectro 585 E Main St New Britain CT 06051 

99800 American Precision Industries Inc Delevan Div 270 Quaker Rd East Aurora NY 14052-2114 

99899 Narda Microwave/Loral Corp 435 Moreland Rd Hauppage NY 11788 


7 

Diagrams 


Assembly drawings and circuit schematics for the Model GT 9000 Microwave Synthesizer 

assemblies are in this chapter. 

Parts lists for all assemblies are contained in Chapter 6. 


Model GT 9000 Microwave Synthesizers 


A 

Options 

A.1 Introduction 

The following accessories and options are available for the Model GT 9000 Synthesized 

Microwave Sweeper. Each accessory and option is described under its respective heading in this 

appendix. 

Field Installable 

• Accessory A001: Cable Kit (SMA) Yes 

• Accessory A002: Rack Mount with Slides Yes 

• Accessory A003: Rack Mount without Slides Yes 

• Accessory A006: Extender Board Service Kit NA 

• Accessory A011: Instrument Carrying Case NA 

• Option 16: 1 Hz Resolution No 

• Option 20: High Power RF Output No 

• Option 22: Rear Panel RF Output Connector No 

• Option 23: Type-N RF Output Connector Yes 

• Option 24: Internal Modulation, AM and FM Modes No 

• Option 25: Planar Crown RF Output Connector Yes 

• Option 26: 10 dB Step Attenuator No 

• Option 27: Scan Modulation No 

• Option 28: High Stability Timebase (5 × 10 -10 /day) Yes 

• Option 30: Switching Power Supply No 

Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998 A-1


A.2 Accessory A001: Cable Kit (SMA), P/N 29847 

This accessory kit furnishes two coaxial cables (18 and 72-inches) with connectors for 

interfacing to user-supplied signal sources. 

29847 A001 Cable Kit (SMA), Rev: A 


1 JRAB-26200 1 58900 JRAB-26200 SMA F-SMA F 26G ADAPTER 

2 JRAC-26200 1 58900 JRAC-26200 SMA M-SMA F 26G ADAPTER 

3 WCA0-26015 1 17217 0RD01D01018.0 18 26GHZ COAX ASSY 

4 WCA0-26060 1 17217 0RD01D01072.0 72 26GHZ COAX ASSY 

A.3 Accessory A002: Rack Mount With Slides, P/N 29861 

This is a field kit for mounting the Model GT 9000 in a standard equipment rack. The kit 

includes mounting slides. The kit is available from Giga-tronics with part number 29861. The 

components included are listed below. 

29861 A002 RACK MOUNT WITH SLIDES, Rev: A 


6 120BF12701 2 58900 120BF12701 RACK MOUNT FLANGE 

7 HRSA-20001 1 05236 1201723-L 20 RACK SLIDE 

8 HRSA-20002 1 05236 1201723-R 20 RACK SLIDE 

10 420CF16200 2 58900 420CF16200 SLIDE MTG SPACER M7XXX3 

11 420BF16300 2 58900 420BF16300 FRONT SLIDE MTG BKT 

12 420CF16400 2 58900 420CF16400 REAR SLIDE MTG BKT 


104 HBPP-A3206 6 58900 HBPP-A3206 10-32 X 3/8 PAN 

105 HBPP-83206 2 58900 HBPP-83206 8-32 X 3/8 PAN 

A.4 Accessory A003: Rack Mount Without Slides, P/N 29862 

This is a field kit for mounting the Model GT 9000 in a standard equipment rack. The kit does 

not include mounting slides. The kit is available from Giga-tronics with part number 29862. The 

components included are listed below. 

29862 A003 RACK MOUNT W/O SLIDES, Rev: A 


6 120BF12701 2 58900 120BF12701 RACK MOUNT FLANGE 



A-2 Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998

Options 

A.5 Accessory A006: Extender Board Service Kit, P/N 29813 

Designed to extend PC assemblies for maintenance and testing. The components included are 

listed below. 

29813 A006 EXTENDER BOARD SVC KIT, Rev: A 


1 120BA04700 1 58900 120BA04700 COMPUTER EXTENDER BD PCA 

2 120BA09500 1 58900 120BA09500 I/O EXTENDER BD PCA 

3 101BF21600 1 58900 101BF21600 PC BOARD PULLER 

A.6 Accessory A010: O&M Manual, P/N 120AM00350 

Use this part number to order additional copies of the instrument’s Operation and Maintenance 

manual. 

A.7 Accessory A011: Instrument Carrying Case, P/N 29855 

This is a special ruggedized carrying case for transporting the instrument between work sites. It 

can be ordered from Giga-tronics with part number 29855. 

A.8 Option 16: 1 Hz Resolution 

If Option 16 is installed, the frequency resolution of the instrument is 1 Hz. 

The components required for Option 16 are listed below. 

29849 OPT 16 1 Hz FREQ, Rev: A 


A1 U12 UMN0-27256 REF 01295 TMS 27C256-15JL AT27C256 PROM ERASABLE 



A.9 Option 20: High Power RF Output 

Option 20 provides a higher power output than is normally available. Option 20A uses PIN 

diodes and can operate with frequency sweep while the option is installed. Option 20B uses a 

mechanical relay to switch 2 GHz or less. The instrument cannot be used for frequency sweep 

with option 20B because it would wear out the mechanical relay. 

Option 20A changes the specification for Maximum Leveled Output Power +20 dBm; Option 

20B changes the output power to +22 dBm. 

The components required for Options 20A and 20B are listed at the end of this section. 

A.9.1 Implementation of Option 20 

With Option 20 installed, an amplifier module is added. As shown in Figure A-1, the amplifier 

module is switched into the RF output path when this option is activated. The amplifier module 

contains separate amplifiers for frequencies above and below 2 GHz. 

Figure A-1. Switches and Amplifiers for Option 20 

A.9.2 Activating & Deactivating Option 20 

From the front panel, Option 20 is controlled by selecting Special Function 29, and pressing 

[ON] or [OFF] to activate or deactivate the option. 

During remote control operation, Option 20 is activated by the command PH1 and deactivated 

by the command PH0. 

A.9.3 Special Characteristics of Option 20 

Although Option 20 makes possible a much higher power output, the required modifications of 

the RF output path have two effects which should be noted. First, maximum output power with 

the option deactivated is slightly lower than it would be if the option were not installed. Second, 


Options 

the operation of the high power option is incompatible with low power settings. If the option 

has been selected, and a power level of less than +8 dBm is requested, the option will be 

disabled, and will not activate itself until a level setting is changed to +8 dBm or greater. 

During a digital power sweep across 8 dBm, the high power option is activated or deactivated 

(as needed) when the power level crosses 8 dBm. 

During an analog power sweep across 8 dBm, the high power option remains in its initial state 

during the entire sweep. An analog power sweep which begins below 8 dBm will have the 

high-power option deactivated during the entire sweep; an analog power sweep which begins at 

or above 8 dBm will have the high power option activated during the entire sweep. Analog 

power sweeping from at or above 8 dBm to below 8 dBm is not recommended; the high power 

option was not designed for operation below 8 dBm. 

A.9.4 

High Power Indications 

Because the high power option can activate or deactivate itself in some situations, without a 

direct request from the user, the front panel is set up to warn the user when the option is active 

and when it is not. The decimal point in the power display window flashes when the high power 

option is active, and ceases to flash when the option is deactivated. If the instrument’s RF 

output power is turned off while the option is selected, a flashing decimal in the power display 

window warns that the instrument will be in high power mode when RF is turned back on. In 

maximum power mode with the option selected, the power window displays ——-. with the 

decimal point blinking. 

If the instrument is turned off while the high power option is selected, and then turned back on, 

the instrument will wake up with the RF power turned off, and the message HIGH POWER ON 

/ LEVEL = n.nn dBm displayed in the entry menu window to warn that the instrument will be 

in high power mode when RF is turned back on. The power level shown will be the current CW 

power level or, for a power sweep, the maximum power of the sweep. 

A.9.5 Specification Changes for Option 20 

Maximum Leveled 

Output Power 

(with option inactive): 

Maximum Leveled 

Output Power 

(with option active): 

Output Flatness 


Harmonics 


Pulse On/Off Ratio 


AM Performance 


Maximum output power is reduced by 1.5 dB from the standard specification. 

(Option 20A): .01-20 = +20 dBm (-4 dBm min w/o atten, -60 dBm min w/atten) 

(Option 20B); .01-20 = +22 dBm (-4 dBm min w/o atten, -60 dBm min w/atten) 

±2.5 dB (not specified in Analog Frequency Sweep mode) 

(Option 20A): .01-20 = >5 dBc; .5-20 = >20 dBc 

(Option 20B): .01-20 = >20 dBc; .5-20 = >20 dBc 

>60 dB 

Not specified (however, AM is functional). 



A.9.6 

Option 20 Components 

29853 OPT 20A HIGH POWER RF OUTPUT, Rev: C 


0 002CI05900 REF 58900 002CI05900 INSTRUCTIONS FOR 

1 0042235200 1 58900 0042235200 .01-20 GHz POWER AMP ASY 

2 30091 1 58900 30091 OPTION 20 MTG PLATE, GT9000/S 

3 MRTL-22020 1 58900 MRTL-22020 COAX TRANS SWITCH 

5 30120 REF 58900 30120 OPTION 20 HIGH POWER WIRE LIST 

6 BD00-02012 1 58900 BD00-02012 12Vdc MINI FAN 

7 30090 1 58900 30090 MINI FAN MOUNT; OPTION 20 

8 HSTH-41203 4 58900 HSTH-41203 4-40 X 3/4 SPACER 

9 HSDH-41303 4 05791 SS6979-0.812-01 4-40 X 13/16 M/F HEX SPACER 



12 WCAS-18107 1 58900 WCAS-18107 7" 18 GHz SEMI-FLEX COAX 

13 HIGP-00131 1 58900 HIGP-00131 MOLDED GROMMET 

14 HICP-01216 1 58900 HICP-01216 1/8 WIRE HOLD DOWN 


16 30479 1 58900 30479 PWR SUPPLY SW RELAY PCA 

17 30482 REF 58900 30482 OPT20 HIGH PWR OUT W/L 

103 HNKS-44004 3 96906 MS35649-*** 4-40 KEP NUT 



109 HBPP-44008 4 58900 HBPP-44008 4-40 X 1/2 PAN 



113 HBPP-44008 4 58900 HBPP-44008 4-40 X 1/2 PAN 




29860 OPT 20B HIGH POWER RF OUTPUT, Rev: A 


0 002CI05900 REF 58900 002CI05900 INSTRUCTIONS FOR 

1 0042235200 1 58900 0042235200 .01-20 GHz POWER AMP ASY 

2 30091 1 58900 30091 OPTION 20 MTG PLATE, GT9000/S 

3 MRTF-22020 1 58900 MRTF-22020 COAX TRANS SWITCH 

5 30119 REF 58900 30119 OPTION 20B HIGH POWER WIRE LIST 6 

7 30090 1 58900 30090 MINI FAN MOUNT; OPTION 20 

8 HSTH-41203 4 58900 HSTH-41203 4-40 X 3/4 SPACER 

9 HSDH-41404 4 55566 4540-440-SS-0 4-40 X 7/8 M/F SPACER 

10 MRSF-12018 1 11532 CR33S10 SPDT COAX SWITCH 









109 HBPP-44009 4 58900 HBPP-44009 4-40 X 9/16 PAN 



Options 

A.10 Option 22: Rear Panel RF Output Connector 

If Option 22 is installed, the RF output connector is relocated to the rear panel of the Model 

GT 9000. This option can reduce RF output power by as much as 2 dB. Option 22 can be 

installed with or without Option 26. Option 22A is with Option 26; Option 22B is without 

Option 26. 


29858 OPT 22A R/P RF W/OPT 26, Rev: A 


1 WCAS-18124 1 0DJ29 P-3636-601-5224 24" 18 GHz SEMI-FLEX 


3 HPM0-00375 1 2R182 652 3/8 HOLE PLUG 

4 107BF01700 -1 58900 107BF01700 SMA CONNECTOR MOUNT FLAN 

5 107BF01701 -1 58900 107BF01701 SMA CONNECTOR MOUNT SPAC 

29859 OPT 22B R/P RF W/O OPT 26, Rev: A 


1 120CA15314 1 58900 120CA15314 .141 CABLE #14 ASY 


3 HPM0-00375 1 2R182 652 3/8 HOLE PLUG 

4 107BF01700 -1 58900 107BF01700 SMA CONNECTOR MOUNT FLAN 

5 107BF01701 -1 58900 107BF01701 SMA CONNECTOR MOUNT SPAC 

A.11 Option 23: Type-N RF Output Connector 

If Option 23 is installed, the RF output connector is changed to Type N. This option is not 

available if the upper frequency exceeds 20 GHz. 


29818 OPT 23 TYPE N RF OUTPUT, Rev: A 


1 JRXA-00200 1 95077 SF1132-6001 N TO SMA ADAPTER 


101 HNKS-44004 4 96906 MS35649-*** 4-40 KEP NUT 



A.12 Option 24: Internal Modulation, AM and FM Modes 

This option provides two built-in function generators for creating AM and FM envelopes (the 

built-in pulse generator for pulse modulation is standard equipment in Model GT 9000). This 

option has been incorporated into the main body of the manual; where a procedure or 

specification applies only to instruments with Option 24, a note to that effect is included. 


29820 OPT 24 INTERNAL AM/FM, Rev: A 




A6 A1 120BA12601 1 58900 120BA12601 FUNCTION GENERATOR PCA 

120BA12601 FUNCTION GENERATOR PCA (A6A1), Rev: C 


0 120BS12601 REF 58900 120BS12601 FUNCTION GENERATOR SCH 

1 120CF12600 1 58900 120CF12600 FUNCTION GENERATOR PCB 

























C21 CC50-02270 1 31433 C315C272K1R5CA C9248 2700 PF CERAMIC X7R 

























Options 

120BA12601 FUNCTION GENERATOR PCA (A6A1), Rev: C 























































U1 UGZ0-02334 1 1DN14 Q2334C-50N Q2334I-Z0 DUAL DDS 

U2 UTN0-01572 1 01295 SN74HC157 74HC157 QUAD DATA SELECT 






U8 UMN0-71681 1 58900 UMN0-71681 IDT71681;4K X 4 RAM 







U15 UIN0-09713 1 24355 AD9713BAN AD9713JN;DAC;12 BIT 

U16 UON0-00428 1 1ES66 MAX428CPA MAX428CPA;DUAL OP AMP 



U19 UON0-00428 1 1ES66 MAX428CPA MAX428CPA;DUAL OP AMP 



XU1 JSG0-11068 1 58900 JSG0-11068 68 PIN PLCC SOCKET 



A.13 Option 25: Planar Crown RF Output Connector 

If Option 25 is installed, the RF output connector is replaced by a Planar Crown Universal 

Connector, manufactured by Lucas Weinschel. This is a two-part connector; the components are 

referred to as the planar bulkhead and the planar crown. The bulkhead is a 2.9 mm female 

connector, mounted inward of the front panel, which is common to all implementations of 

Option 25 (see the Option 25 parts list at the end of this section). The crown is attached to the 

bulkhead on the outward side of the front panel, and is available in a variety of versions, as 

shown in Table A-1: 

Table A-1. Crown Connector Versions 

Giga-tronics 

Part# 

Weinschel 

Part# 

Connector 

Type 

Frequency 

Range 

JRWC-00030 7005-3 Type N Female Crown DC to 18 GHz 

JRWC-00040 7005A-4 Type N Male Crown DC to 18 GHz 

JRWC-00050 7005A-5 Type GPC-7 Crown DC to 18 GHz 

JRWC-00080 7005A-8 Type TNC Female Crown DC to 18 GHz 

JRWC-00090 7005A-09 Type TNC Male Crown DC to 18 GHz 

JRWC-00010 7005A-1 Type SMA Female Crown DC to 26.5 GHz 

JRWC-00020 7005A-2 Type SMA Male Crown DC to 26.5 GHz 

JRWC-00060 7005A-6 3.5 mm Female Crown DC to 34 GHz 

JRWC-00070 7005A-7 3.5 mm Male Crown DC to 34 GHz 

JRWC-00100 7005A-10 2.92 mm Female Crown DC to 40 GHz 

JRWC-00110 7005A-11 2.92 mm Male Crown DC to 40 GHz 

29823 OPT 25 PLANAR CROWN RF OUTPUT, Rev: A 


1 JRWF-00010 1 93459 7004-1 2.9MM F BULKHEAD CROWN 

2 420BF37900 1 58900 420BF37900 PLATE;MTG;CONN;PLANAR CROWN 

101 HNKS-44004 4 96906 MS35649-*** 4-40 KEP NUT 

102 HWIS-K0801 1 58900 HWIS-K0801 3/8 INCH LOCK WASHER 

103 HWFS-K0901 2 55566 5710-320-60 3/8 INCH FLAT WASHER 


Options 

A.14 Option 26: 10 dB Step Attenuator 

Under this option, an attenuator is placed in the RF output path of the instrument, which 

provides up to 110 dB of attenuation in 10 dB increments. 

This option has been incorporated into the main body of the manual. Where a procedure or 

specification applies only to instruments with Option 26, a note to that effect is included. 


29821 OPT 26 20 GHZ STEP ATTENUATOR, Rev: B 


1 MPB0-02001 1 28480 33322H PGM ATTEN;0-110DB;20GHZ 

2 420BF41600 1 58900 420BF41600 ATTENUATOR MOUNT; EXC 



103 HBPP-63204 2 58900 HBPP-63204 6-32 X 1/4 PAN 


105 WCAS-18011 -1 58900 WCAS-18011 11" 18 GHZ SEMI-FLEX COAX 



29856 OPT 26 26 GHZ STEP ATTENUATOR, Rev: A 


1 MP90-02603 1 28480 3323K 90DB 26GHZ 10DB STEP ATT 

2 420BF41600 1 58900 420BF41600 ATTENUATOR MOUNT; EXC 

70 WCAS-18011 -1 58900 WCAS-18011 11" 18 GHZ SEMI-FLEX COAX 





103 HBPP-63204 2 58900 HBPP-63204 6-32 X 1/4 PAN 




A.15 Option 27: Scan Modulation/Linear AM 

In instruments with Option 27, a scan modulator (an FET-based variable attenuator) is placed in 

the RF path, between the level control system and the output step attenuator. This modulator is 

digitally controlled and linearized, and can operate in Scan mode (DC coupled, with depth 

specified in dB) or Linear AM mode (AC coupled, with depth specified in per cent). 

The modulator can also be used as a variable attenuator; attenuation values entered (in dB) are 

relative to the power level set by the instrument’s level control system (if the instrument’s level 

is set to -10 dBm, and a variable attenuation value of -12 dB is specified, the instrument’s 

actual output level will be -22 dBm). All modes of scan modulation can be operated 

simultaneously with pulse modulation and frequency modulation. 

Installation of Option 27 can degrade the maximum output level by as much as 2 dB when not 

activated, by as much as 8 dB when activated in scan mode or variable attenuation mode, and 

by as much as 14 dB when activated in linear AM mode. Also, standard amplitude modulation 

(the specifications for which are given in Chapter 1 of this manual) is not available in 

instruments with Option 27. All attenuation specifications are relative to the instrument’s 

unmodulated output level with the attenuator set to 0 dB. 

Specifications (General) 

Frequency Of Operation: 

RF Carrier Harmonics: 

100 MHz to 20 GHz. 

Not specified. 

Specifications (DC Coupled Scan mode, or Variable Attenuator mode) 

Max Power Degradation: 

Range: 

Frequency Response: 

Step Response: 

Linearity (at cal points): 

Sensitivity: 


≤8 dB 

0 to 60 dB (>1 GHz); 0 to 55 dB (.5 to 1 GHz); 0 to 55 dB typical (

Options 

A.15.1 

Option 27 Front Panel Operation 

Figure A-2. Scan/AM Modes 

To select any of the modulation modes provided under Option 27, press [AM] (see Figure A-2). 

The entry menu display should read SCAN EXT: OFF. This indicates that Scan mode is selected 

but is presently turned off; use the [ON] button to activate this mode. Scan modulation requires 

an external input, which must be supplied to the AM input BNC connector on the front panel. 

To select any of the Scan modes, press the [MODE] button until the desired mode is displayed. 

The choices are: 

SCAN EXT = scan modulation, external 

LIN AM EXT = linear AM, external 

VAR ATTN = variable attenuation 

If Option 24 (internal modulation) is also installed, there are six additional modes: 

SCAN SIN = scan modulation, internal, sine wave 

SCAN SQR = scan modulation, internal, square wave 

SCAN TRI = scan modulation, internal, triangle 

LIN AM SIN = linear AM, internal, sine wave 

LIN AM SQR = linear AM, internal, square wave 

LIN AM TRI = linear AM, internal, triangle 

Having reached the desired mode, you can set parameters under that mode. Press the [SCROLL] 

button if necessary until the desired parameter is displayed. Parameter settings can be entered 

with the numeric keypad, and adjusted with the digi-dial or the up/down arrow keys. 

No parameters can be set under external modulation. Depth (in dB) can be set under variable 

attenuation. Under all six of the internal modulation modes, rate can be set in Hz; depth can be 

set in dB (for scan modulation) or in per cent (for linear AM). 



A.15.2 

Option 27 Theory of Operation 

Figure A-3. Scan Modulation 

The modulating waveform can be applied from an external source, or (if Option 24 is installed) 

generated internally. Internal modulating signals are transmitted through a shaping circuit which 

adapts them to the input requirements of the scan circuit. The modulating signal is then applied, 

through a switch, to either of two input paths: a DC-coupled path for the scan mode or variable 

attenuator mode, and an AC-coupled path (including a logarithmic amplifier) for the linear AM 

mode. 

The modulation input is applied to an analog-to-digital converter, and converted to a binary 

number (see Figure A-3). This number (in the form of a set of parallel data lines) is applied to 

the address bus of a RAM. The RAM is loaded with correction data stored in ROM (there are 

several tables of correction data in ROM, for different frequency ranges; the appropriate table is 

loaded into RAM when Scan modulation is selected or when the frequency changes). When the 

RAM is addressed by the output of the ADC, the data stored at the relevant address is furnished 

to the input of a digital-to-analog converter. The DAC converts this correction data to an analog 

signal which drives the scan module. As the input waveform changes, different storage areas in 

the RAM are addressed, so that the correction factors retrieved from memory constantly track 

the input. The correction data is tailored to the individual scan module installed in the 

instrument; it is needed to linearize the response of that module to the modulation input. 

The scan module contains a pair of voltage controlled attenuator circuits; each has a dynamic 

range of 30 dB, and since they are placed in series, the dynamic range of the whole is 60 dB. 

Each attenuator is driven by a loop amplifier, which provides correction of its attenuator’s 

response (the first corrects for linearity, the second for input/output impedance matching). 

During modulation, the two variable attenuators of the scan module are switched into the RF 

output path of the instrument. The modulating input to the scan module controls the attenuation, 

and therefore the RF output level. When modulation is deactivated, this module is switched out 

of the RF path. 


Options 

A.15.3 

Option 27 Acceptance Test Procedure (Scan Mode) 

1. Apply a 0 to 1 V (10 dB depth) sine wave to the AM input BNC. 

2. Select SCAN EXT: ON. 

3. Connect a detector to the Model GT 9000 RF output, and connect the output of the 

detector to the oscilloscope (channel B, 50 Ω on). Set the oscilloscope to 2 mV, 

200 µsec, and adjust the channel B input vernier for a display of the waveform that 

spans six vertical divisions. 

4. Vary the external modulation rate between 1 Hz and 150 kHz; verify that the displayed 

waveform maintains a minimum amplitude of four vertical divisions. 

5. Connect the Model GT 9000 RF output to the spectrum analyzer. Set the RF output 

frequency to 1 GHz. Set the analyzer span to 5 MHz, and center the 1 GHz signal on the 

screen. Set the span to 0 Hz. Apply a 0 to 4 V sine wave at 100 Hz to the AM input 

BNC. Verify a 0 to -40 dB (±2 dB) sine wave on the analyzer. Change the input sine 

wave to 0 to 2 V; verify a 0 to -20 dB (±2 dB) sine wave on the analyzer. Change the 

input sine wave to a triangle wave and square wave; verify clean waveforms on the 

analyzer screen from 0 to -20 dB (±2 dB). Change the input square wave to 0 to 6 V; 

verify a clean 0 to -60 dB (±2 dB) square wave on the spectrum analyzer. 

6. Repeat Step 5 at 5 GHz, 10 GHz, and 20 GHz. 

7. Select VAR ATTN: ON; change the depth setting from 0 to -60 dB in 10 dB steps, and 

verify 10 dB steps ±2 dB on the analyzer. The following steps only apply if Option 24 is 

installed. 

8. At 5 GHz, with the spectrum analyzer still connected, select SCAN SIN: ON, with a 

rate of 100 Hz and a depth of -60 dBm. Verify a 60 dB sine wave ±2 dB on the analyzer. 

9. Repeat step 8 in the SCAN SQR and SCAN TRI modes. 



A.15.4 

Option 27 Acceptance Test Procedure (Linear AM Mode) 

1. Select LIN AM EXT: ON. 

2. With an ohmmeter, measure the resistance of the AM input BNC to ground; it should 

read 50 Ω, ±3 Ω. 

3. Connect the GT 9000 RF output to a mixer box, as shown in Figure A-2. On the 

HP 8902A, select 50 Hz and 15 kHz filters, AM mode. Set the GT 9000 RF output 

frequency to 5 GHz. Using a BNC T connector and oscilloscope, apply a 1.0 Vpp, 1 kHz 

sine wave to the AM input BNC on the GT 9000 front panel. 

4. Measure the percentage of distortion at 1 kHz; verify that the distortion is < 10% 

(typical). 

5. Disconnect external modulation. Select LIN AM SIN: ON, at a 1 kHz rate and 50% 

depth. Using the HP 8902A, measure AM%. Verify a modulation reading of 45 to 55%. 

Re-check at 20% depth; verify a modulation reading of 15 to 25%. Re-check at 80% 

depth; verify a modulation reading of 75 to 85%. 

6. Select LIN AM SQR: ON, 50% depth. Turn off all filters on HP 8902A. Verify an AM% 

reading of 45 to 55% on the HP 8902A. 

7. Select LIN AM TRI: ON, 50% depth. Turn on 50 Hz and 15 kHz filters on HP 8902A. 

Verify an AM% reading of 45 to 55% on the HP 8902A. 

8. Connect a detector to Model GT 9000 RF out. Connect the detector output to the 

oscilloscope (channel B, 50 Ω on). Set the scope to 2 mV and 200 µsec. 

9. Select LIN AM EXT: ON. 

10. Apply a 1 Vpp, 1 kHz sine wave to the AM input BNC. Adjust the channel B input 

vernier for a display of the waveform that spans six vertical divisions. 

11. Adjust the external modulation rate for 10 Hz; verify that the displayed waveform has 

an amplitude of >4 divisions on the scope. Vary the rate from 10 Hz to 50 kHz, and 

verify that the waveform amplitude maintains an amplitude of >4 divisions. 


Options 

A.15.5 

Option 27 Linear AM Calibration 

1. Select LIN AM EXT: ON but do not apply a modulating signal. 

2. Measure TP3 on the Scan Modulation PC board (A7) and verify a DVM reading of 

+2.5 V ±.05 V. 

3. Move the jumper on P1-1 and P1-6 to P1-2 and P1-5. 

4. Adjust the Zero pot (R14) for a DVM reading of 0.0 Vdc on TP1. 


6. Adjust the Gain pot (R19) for a DVM reading of +6.0 Vdc on TP1. 


8. Adjust the Level pot (R25) for a DVM reading of +0.65 Vdc on TP1. 

9. Connect the Model GT 9000 and test equipment as shown in Figure A-2. On the 

HP 8902, select 50 Hz and 15 kHz filers, AM mode. Set the GT 9000 RF output to 

5 GHz. 

10. Using a BNC T-connector and oscilloscope, apply a 1.0 Vpp, 1 kHz sine wave to the 

AM input BNC on the Model GT 9000 front panel. 

11. Adjust the Sense pot (R4) for a 50.0% reading on the HP 8902A. 

12. Measure the distortion at 1 kHz 

13. Check the distortion at the RF output frequencies shown in Table A-2. 

Table A-2. AM Calibration Points 

RF Frequency Distortion at 50% 

1 GHz


A.15.6 

Option 27 Scan Calibration 

1. Set the UUT to 1 GHz, 0.0 dBm. Select VAR ATTN: ON. 

2. Using a Giga-tronics 8540 power meter (or equivalent), measure the RF output power of 

the UUT (see the 8540 frequency value equal to the frequency being measured). Verify a 

reading of 0.0 dBm ±2 dB. 

3. Select relative mode on the 8540 power meter. Turn the UUT’s power off. Zero the 

power meter, then turn the UUT’s power on. 

4. Set VAR ATTN to -50 dB. Adjust R65 on the A7 PC board for a reading of -50.0 dBm 

(±2 dB). 

5. Set VAR ATTN to -10 dB. Adjust R9 on the A7 PC board for a reading of -10.0 dBm 

(±2 dB). 

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until both readings are within specification. 

7. Step the VAR ATTEN depth from 0 to -60 dB in 10 dB steps, and verify that all 

readings are within specification. 

☛ NOTE: The power meter must be accurate to -65 dBm. Zeroing the power meter 

every two minutes with the UUT’s RF power off is recommended. 

8. With the UUT’s frequency set to 5, 10, and 20 GHz, verify that readings at -10 dB and 

-50 dB are within specification. 

A.15.7 

Option 27 Assemblies 


Diagrams for Option 27 are contained in Chapter 7. 

29822 OPT 27 60 dB SCAN W/O OPT 26, Rev: A 


1 004BA34300 1 58900 004BA34300 .01-20 GHZ SCAN 

2 420CF41700 1 58900 420CF41700 CTR/SCAN MOUNT; GT9000/S 


4 003AW02700 REF 58900 003AW02700 OPT 27; SCAN MOD W/L 





11 WCAS-18001 -1 58900 WCAS-18001 1" 18GHZ SEMI-FLEX COAX 


102 HBPP-44010 2 58900 HBPP-44010 4-40 X 5/8 PAN 

103 HNKS-44004 3 96906 MS35649-*** 4-40 KEP NUT 





A7 120BA15650 1 58900 120BA15650 SCAN MODULATION PCA;GT9000 

A109 420BA41900 1 58900 420BA41900 SCAN MODULE I/F PCA 

A3 U13 UMN0-27256 1 01295 TMS 27C256-15JL AT27C256 PROM ERASABLE 




Options 

29866 OPT 27 60 dB SCAN WITH OPT 26, Rev: A 


1 004BA34300 1 58900 004BA34300 .01-20 GHZ SCAN 

2 420CF41700 1 58900 420CF41700 CTR/SCAN MOUNT; GT9000/S 


4 003AW02700 REF 58900 003AW02700 OPT 27; SCAN MOD W/L 





11 WCAS-18106 -1 58900 WCAS-18106 6" 18 GHz SEMI-FLEX COAX 


102 HBPP-44012 2 58900 HBPP-44012 4-40 X 3/4 PAN 

103 HNKS-44004 3 96906 MS35649-*** 4-40 KEP NUT 




A7 120BA15650 1 58900 120BA15650 SCAN MODULATION PCA;GT9000 

A109 420BA41900 1 58900 420BA41900 SCAN MODULE I/F PCA 




120BA15650 SCAN MODULATION PCA (A7); GT9000, Rev: C 


0 120BS15650 REF 58900 120BS15650 SCAN MODULATION SCH;GT9000 

1 120CF15650 1 58900 120CF15650 SCAN MODULATION PCB;GT9000 



C2 CE25-R6330 1 74840 336BPR025M 33 UF 25V NON-POL RADIAL 




































































CX79 CC50-01750 REF 51642 200-100-NPO-751J 750 PF CERAMIC NPO 



LX6 LAD0-06220 REF 91637 IMS5-22UH-10% 22 UH INDUCTOR 


P2 JIR2-02230 1 55322 TSW-101-08-S-D-R 2 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG 

P3 JIR2-02230 1 55322 TSW-101-08-S-D-R 2 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG 









R4 RAPG-25000 1 32997 3296Z-503 50K 10% 25T POT 









R14 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 









R25 RAPG-31000 1 32997 3296Z-1-104 100K 10% 25T .5W TRM POT 



















Options 



R65 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 


R68 WJIB-02022 1 58900 WJIB-02022 .2 INSULATED JUMPER 



R76 RN50-11820 1 65940 CRB20FX1821B 1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 


R78 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 


R80 RAPG-12000 1 32997 3296Z-1-202 2K 10% 25T .5W POT. 









R89 RN50-21620 1 91637 RN50D1622F 16.2 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 

R90 RN50-21620 1 91637 RN50D1622F 16.2 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 











R102 RN50-06980 1 65940 CRB20FX6980 698 OHMS 1% METAL FILM 


RX28 RN50-13160 REF 91637 RN50C3161F 3.16 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 

RX99 RN50-11000 REF 91637 RNC50H1001F 1.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM 

U1 UOG0-00111 1 13919 OPA 111AM OPA111BM JFET OPAMP 

U2 UON0-00746 1 24355 AD746AQ AD746JN DUAL OP AMP 


U4 UAN0-08048 1 2M881 ICL8048BCJE ICL8048 LOG AMPLIFIER 

U5 UON0-00844 1 24355 AD844AN AD844AN;OP AMP 


U7 UIN0-75453 1 01295 SN75453BP SN75453BP DUAL DRIVER 




U11 UON0-00708 1 24355 AD708JN AD708JN DUAL OP AMP 

U12 UIN0-00872 1 24355 AD872JD AD872JD 12 BIT CMOS A/D 









U34 UTN0-00042 1 01295 SN74HC04N SN74HC04 HEX INVERTER 




U38 UON0-00746 1 24355 AD746AQ AD746JN DUAL OP AMP 










W4 WJIB-05022 1 58900 WJIB-05022 .5 INSULATED JUMPER 







A.16 Option 28: High Stability Timebase 

When Option 28 is installed, a special timebase oscillator having an aging rate of 5 × 10 -10 /day 

is substituted for the standard timebase oscillator. 

The components required for Option 28 are listed in below. 

Diagrams for Option 28 are contained in Chapter 7. 

29810 OPT 28 5 X 10 -10 /DAY TIME BASE, Rev: A 


1 101BA39103 1 58900 101BA39103 HI STAB OSC PCA 5X10-10 

2 101BA39101 -1 58900 101BA39101 HI STAB OSC PCA 

101BA39103 HI STAB OSC PCA 5X10 -10 (A21), Rev: A 


0 101BS39103 REF 58900 101BS39103 HI-STAB OSC 5X10-10 SCH 

1 101BF39101 1 58900 101BF39101 HI STAB OSC PCB 





Y1 OXO5-00010 1 6Y341 250-0682 10MHZ OVEN OSCILLATOR 


Options 

A.17 Option 30: Switching Power Supply 

This is a factory-installed option to provide a CE-approveed Switching Power Supply. This 

option is not field-installable. The components required for Option 30 are listed below. 

30796 OPT 30 SWITCHING PWR SUP, Rev: B 


0 420AW48800 REF 58900 420AW48800 GT9000/S SW P/S ASSY W/L 

1 420DF50200 1 58900 420DF50200 GT9000/S SW P/S COVER 

2 HIGR-00375 1 2R182 2170 3/8 GROMMET 

3 HSTH-62404 4 55566 2120-632-A 6-32 X 1 1/2 HEX SPACER 

4 HSTH-61804 4 58900 HSTH-61804 6-32 X 1 1/8 HEX SPACER 

5 HTM0-00001 2 06383 TA1S8 ANCHOR MOUNT 

6 1202221200 1 58900 1202221200 GT9000/S SW P/S HARNESS A 

7 420DF50100 1 58900 420DF50100 GT9000/S SW P/S BASE 

8 420CF49200 2 58900 420CF49200 GT9000/S SW P/S MTG PLATE 

9 HT00-00409 5 53421 T-18R 4 WHITE CABLE TIE 

10 HTM0-00002 1 06383 TM2S8 TIE MOUNT 

11 GFU0-00002 3 58900 GFU0-00002 1/2 X 1/8 FOAM TAPE 

12 HSCR-40204 2 06540 9222-A-115 #4 X 1/8 CLEAR SPACER 



102 HWFS-60400 57 7U905 5710-23-15-P #6 X 1/4 FLAT WASHER 


104 HBPP-63204 12 58900 HBPP-63204 6-32 X 1/4 PAN 





109 HBPP-63209 1 58900 HBPP-63209 6-32 X 9/16 PAN 

A208A1 30708 1 58900 30708 OPT 30 SW PWR SPLY PCA 



C2 CE00-R7560 1 55680 LLQ2G561MHSC 560 UF 400 V ELECTROLYTC 

C3 CE00-R7560 1 55680 LLQ2G561MHSC 560 UF 400 V ELECTROLYTC 

30708 OPT 30 SW PWR SPLY PCA, Rev: B 


0 30707 1 58900 30707 SWITCHING PWR SUPPLY PCB 

1 30709 REF 58900 30709 SWITCHING PWR SUPPLY SCHEM 

4 30710 REF 58900 30710 SWITCHING PWR SUPPLY TP 

C1 CF00-R4470 1 55680 QXW2E474KTPT .47UF 250VAC PLASTIC 

C4 CF99-02100 1 68919 MP3-Y2-1000/250/10 1000PF CLASS Y FILM CAP 



CR1 DPAC-04006 1 18041 IN4006 1N4006 1A 800V DIODE 

F1 FFDC-00700 1 58900 FFDC-00700 7A FB WIRE LEAD FUSE 

F2 FFCC-00250 1 58900 FFCC-00250 2.5A PC-TRON FUSE 









U1 ZP00-00001 1 58900 ZP00-00001 UNIVERSAL AC INPUT MOD 

U2 ZP00-00002 1 58900 ZP00-00002 RIPPLE ATTEN MODULE 

U3 ZP00-00270 1 58900 ZP00-00270 5V 50W DC-DC CONVERTER 



30712 OPT 30 SW PWR SPLY PCA, Rev: B 


0 30713 REF 58900 30713 SWITCHING PWR SUPPLY SCHEM 



C1 CC00-B1470 1 58900 CC00-B1470 470PF Z5F CERAMIC DISC 








C13 CE35-R7100 REF 55680 UVX1V101MPA 100 UF 20% ELECTROLYTIC 

C15 CE35-R7100 1 55680 UVX1V101MPA 100 UF 20% ELECTROLYTIC 











P1 WSB0-20000 1 58900 WSB0-20000 20 GA BUS WIRE 

















Options 

30717 OPT 30 SW PWR SPLY PCA, Rev C 


0 30718 REF 58900 30718 SWITCHING PWR SUPPLY SCH 










































Index 

! 

1 Hz PLL PC A15 3-27 

100 MHz Oscillator 3-35 

100 MHz Oscillator/sampler driver PC A201 3-35 

100 MHz Oscillator 3-35 

Sampler drive 3-35 

Sampler IF amplifier 3-35 

100 MHz reference PLL PC A14 3-26 

1026 Syntax Interface 2-26 

Character representation 2-26 

A 

Address assignment 2-19 

Adrs key 2-6 

ALC key 2-7 

AM calibration 4-8 

AM indicator 1-10 

AM procedure setup 4-6 

Am/FM driver PC A5 3-21 

AM/FM generator verification 4-6 

AM procedure setup 4-6 

FM procedure setup 4-6 

Amplitude Modulation 2-15, 3-17 


Externally supplied AM envelope 1-11 

Internally generated AM envelope 1-10 

Assembly Circuit Descriptions 3-18 

1 Hz PLL PC A15 3-27 

100 MHz Oscillator/sampler driver PC A201 3-35 

100 MHz reference PLL PC A14 3-26 

Am/FM driver PC A5 3-21 

CPU PC A4 3-20 

Data entry PC A106 3-34 

Detector buffer PC A200 3-34 

Display driver PC A20 3-33 

Divide-by-N PC A17 3-30 

Front panel interface, PC A1 3-18 

Function generator PC A6A1 3-22 

IEEE/Timer PC A2 3-18 

level driver PC A10A1 3-24 

Level PC A10 3-23 

Main tune PC A107 3-34 

Memory PC A3 3-19 

Numeric keypad 2-3 

Output PLL PC A18 3-32 

Power supply PC A11 3-25 

Pulse driver PC A5 3-20 

Pulse generator PC A5A1 3-21 

Pushbutton PC A105 3-33 

Reference/downconverter PLL PC A16 3-28 

Scan modulation PC A7 3-22 

YIG driver PC A19 3-33 

Atten key 2-6 

B 

BNCs 2-17 

C 

Calibration Procedures 4-1 

AM calibration 4-8 

AM/FM generator verification 4-6 

extended vernier leveling 4-5 

FM calibration 4-9 

Level calibration 4-5 

Phase lock loop, 100 MHz 4-3 

Power supply calibration 4-2 

Pulse generator verification 4-7 

Sampler drivers, 100 MHz VCO 4-3 

Spectral purity 4-10 

Time base, 10 MHz 4-10 

YIG driver calibration 4-4 

Cleaning 1-2 

Command format 2-26 

Commands 2-27 

Command interpretation 2-19 

Commands 2-27 

Computer 3-2 

Cooling 1-2 

CPU PC A4 3-20 

CW frequencies 2-9 

CW operation 1-6 

D 

Data entry field 2-3 

Digi-dial knob 2-4 

Entry on/off 2-4 

Entry resolution 2-4 


Index-1


Recall/store 2-4 

Up/down keys 2-4 

Data entry PC A106 3-34 

Delay test setup 4-7 

Detector buffer PC A200 3-34 

Diagrams 7-1 

Digi-dial knob 2-4 

Display driver PC A20 3-33 

Divide-by-N PC A17 3-30 

Downconverter 3-12 

Downconverter PLL 3-28 

Dual-Loop Indirect Synthesis 3-5 

E 

Entry on/off 2-4 

Entry resolution 2-4 

extended vernier leveling 4-5 

External automatic level control 1-11 

External PM envelope 1-8 

Externally generated PM envelope 1-8 


Externally supplied FM envelope 1-10 

F 

FM calibration 4-9 

FM envelope parameters 1-9 

FM envelope parameters (narrow mode) 1-9 

FM envelope parameters (wide mode) 1-9 

FM indicator 1-9 

FM procedure setup 4-6 

Frequency Modulation 2-13, 3-17 






Frequency modulation tests 4-25 

Frequency range, resolution and accuracy 4-12 

Front Panel Description 2-1 


CW frequencies 2-9 

Data entry field 2-3 

Frequency modulation 2-13, 3-17 

Pulse modulation 3-17 

RF Level 2-10 

Shifted functions 2-5 

Front panel inputs/outputs 1-11 

Front panel interface, PC A1 3-18 

Function generator PC A6A1 3-22 

G 

General circuit theory 3-1 

General failure 5-2 

General Information 1-1 

Cleaning 1-2 

Cooling 1-2 

Installation and preparation for use 1-2 

Introduction 1-1 

Items furnished 1-2 

Items required 1-2 

Preparation for reshipment 1-3 

Receiving inspection 1-2 

Tools 1-2 

General specifications 1-12 

GT 9000 Syntax 2-20 

GT 9000 System 

Cleaning 1-2 

Cooling 1-2 

CW operation 1-6 

Diagrams 7-1 

General Information 1-1 






Maintenance 5-1 

Operation 2-1 

Parts Lists 6-1 

Performance Specifications 1-6 



Safety Precautions 1-4 

Testing and Calibration 4-1 

Theory of Operation 3-1 

Tools 1-2 

Voltage and fuse selection 1-5 

I 

IEEE-488 Interface 2-18 

Address assignment 2-19 

Command interpretation 2-19 

Interface hardware configuration 2-18 

IEEE-488 interface malfunction 5-5 

IEEE/Timer PC A2 3-18 

Index-2 Manual No. 120AM00250, Rev C, September 1998

Index 

Incorrect output level 5-2 


Interface 2-18 

Interface hardware configuration 2-18 

Internal modulation generator tests 4-27 

Internal pulse generator tests 4-24 


Internally generated PM delay 1-8 

Internally generated PM repetition rate 1-8 

Internally generated PM width 1-8 


Diagrams 7-1 






K 

Keypad 2-3 

L 

Level calibration 4-5 

Level Control 3-15 

level driver PC A10A1 3-24 

Level PC A10 3-23 

Line power and fuse 2-18 

List of Manufacturers 6-57 

Local key 2-6 

Loss of RF output 5-2 

M 

Main tune PC A107 3-34 


Troubleshooting Notes 5-6 

Memory PC A3 3-19 

Mult key 2-6 

N 

Narrow mode FM envelope parameters 


Numeric keypad 2-3 

O 

Offset key 2-6 

Operation 2-1 

1026 Syntax Interface 2-26 

Command format 2-26 

Commands 2-27 

Front Panel Description 2-1 

GT 9000 Syntax 2-20 

IEEE-488 Interface 2-18 


Rear Panel Description 2-17 

Output frequency unlocked 5-4 

Output locked but frequency incorrect 5-5 

Output Loop 3-6 

Output PLL PC A18 3-32 

P 


List of Manufacturers 6-57 

Performance Specifications 1-6 


Amplitude modulation 1-10 

External automatic level control 1-11 









Front panel inputs/outputs 1-11 






PM envelop parameters 1-7 

Rear panel inputs/outputs 1-11 

RF output power 1-7 

Spectral purity 1-6 

Performance Tests 4-11 

Frequency modulation tests 4-25 

Frequency range, resolution and accuracy 4-12 

Internal modulation generator tests 4-27 

Internal pulse generator tests 4-24 

Pulse modulation accuracy test 4-23 

Pulse modulation on/off ratio test 4-19 

Pulse modulation overshoot and settling time 4-21 

Pulse modulation rise and fall time test 4-20 

RF output power tests 4-17 

Single sideband phase noise 4-16 


Index-3


Spurious signals tests 4-14 

Phase lock loop, 100 MHz 4-3 

Phase Lock Loops 3-3 


PM sync out setup 4-7 

PM video out setup 4-7 

Power supply calibration 4-2 

Power supply PC A11 3-25 


Pulse driver PC A5 3-20 

Pulse generator PC A5A1 3-21 

Pulse generator verification 4-7 

Delay test setup 4-7 

PM sync out setup 4-7 

PM video out setup 4-7 

Pulse Modulation 3-17 







Pulse modulation accuracy test 4-23 

Pulse modulation on/off ratio test 4-19 

Pulse modulation overshoot and settling time 4-21 

Pulse modulation rise and fall time test 4-20 

Pushbutton PC A105 3-33 

R 

Rear Panel Description 2-17 

BNCs 2-17 

Interface 2-18 


Rear panel inputs/outputs 1-11 

Recall/store 2-4 


Recommended Equipment 4-1 

Reference Loop 3-8 

Reference PLL 3-28 

Reference/downconverter PLL PC A16 3-28 



Reset key 2-5 

RF Level 2-10 

RF output power 1-7 

RF output power tests 4-17 

RF Path 3-3 

S 

Safety Precautions 1-4 


Sampler drive 3-35 

Sampler drivers, 100 MHz VCO 4-3 

Sampler IF amplifier 3-35 

Scan modulation PC A7 3-22 

Shifted functions 2-5 

Adrs key 2-6 

ALC key 2-7 

Atten key 2-6 

Local key 2-6 

Mult key 2-6 

Offset key 2-6 

Reset key 2-5 

Special key 2-8 

Store key 2-8 

Test key 2-6 

Single sideband phase noise 4-16 

Special key 2-8 

Spectral purity 1-6, 4-10 

Spurious signals tests 4-14 

Store key 2-8 

T 

Test key 2-6 


Performance Tests 4-11 

Procedures 4-1 

Recommended Equipment 4-1 

Theory of Operation 3-1 


Assembly Circuit Descriptions 3-18 

Dual-Loop Indirect Synthesis 3-5 

Frequency Modulation 2-13, 3-17 

General circuit theory 3-1 

Level Control 3-15 

Phase Lock Loops 3-3 

Pulse Modulation 3-17 

The Computer 3-2 

The Downconverter 3-12 

The Output Loop 3-6 

The Reference Loop 3-8 

The RF Path 3-3 

Time base, 10 MHz 4-10 

Tools 1-2 


1 Hz PLL 5-14 

10 dB step attenuator 5-8 


Index 

10 MHz master reference 5-14 

100 MHz module 5-13 

100 MHz PLL 5-14 

Detector 5-10 

Divide-by-N 5-12 


IEEE-488 interface/timer circuit 5-14 

Level control circuit 5-11 

Microwave module 5-9 

Output phase lock loop 5-12 

Power supply 5-6 

Reference mixer 5-15 


The Computer 5-8 

YIG driver 5-13 

YIG oscillator 5-9 

Troubleshooting Procedures 

Defining the area of malfunction 5-2 

General failure 5-2 

IEEE-488 interface malfunction 5-5 

Incorrect output level 5-2 

U 

Loss of RF output 5-2 

Output frequency unlocked 5-4 

Output locked but frequency incorrect 5-5 


Up/down keys 2-4 

V 


W 

Wide mode FM envelope parameters 


Y 

YIG driver calibration 4-4 

YIG driver PC A19 3-33 


Index-5

Gigatronics GT9000 Operator Manual

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?